1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17140 20945))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17140 20951))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17244 43726))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17245
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17148 24935))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
448 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
481 ;;;;;; (17243 21661))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
485 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
487 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
488 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
490 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
491 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
492 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
493 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
494 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
497 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
499 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
500 - integral outline exposure-layout
501 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
502 - automatic topic-number maintenance
503 - easy topic encryption and decryption
504 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
505 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
507 and many other features.
509 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
510 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
511 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
512 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
513 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
516 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
517 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
519 Navigation: Exposure Control:
520 ---------- ----------------
521 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
522 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
523 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
524 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
525 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
526 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
527 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry,] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
529 Topic Header Production:
530 -----------------------
531 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
532 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
533 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
535 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
536 ---------------------------------
537 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
538 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
539 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
541 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
542 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
543 alternated according to nesting depth.
544 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
545 offspring are not affected. With repeat
546 count, revoke numbering.
548 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
549 ----------------------------------
550 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
551 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
552 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
553 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
554 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
555 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
559 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
560 and establish a default file-var setting
562 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
563 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
564 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
565 buffer with name derived from derived from that
566 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
567 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
568 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
569 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
571 ESC ESC (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
576 Outline mode supports easily togglable gpg encryption of topics, with
577 niceties like support for symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout,
578 passphrase consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
579 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save. The aim is
580 to enable reliable topic privacy while preventing accidents like neglected
581 encryption, encryption with a mistaken passphrase, forgetting which
582 passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
584 See the `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function and
585 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
589 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
590 navigation and exposure control.
593 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
594 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
595 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
596 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c C-f\"
597 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
599 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can execute
600 the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a single
601 keystroke. Non-literal chars never get this special translation, so
602 you can use them to get away from the hot-spot, and back to normal
605 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
606 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
607 beginning of the current entry, so you can simply hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
608 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
612 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
614 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
615 contain other topics, and it can be subsumed by other topics,
617 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
618 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
619 containment. Also called the:
620 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
623 The topics that contain a topic.
624 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
627 The topics contained by a topic;
629 An immediate offspring of a topic;
631 The immediate offspring of a topic.
633 Topics having the same parent and depth.
635 Topic text constituents:
637 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
639 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
640 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
641 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
642 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
643 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
645 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
648 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
649 It can be customized by changing the setting of
650 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
652 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
653 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
654 program code without interfering with the language processing
655 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
656 docstring for more detail.
658 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
659 bullet, according to the depth of the topic.
660 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
661 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
662 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
663 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
664 bullet when generating varies in a cycle with the depth of the
666 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
671 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
672 of its offspring and contained text.
674 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
675 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
676 (Ref the `selective-display' var.)
678 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
679 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
680 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
682 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
684 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
686 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
687 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
689 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
690 setup for auto-startup.
692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
696 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
697 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17244 43756))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
700 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
702 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
703 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
704 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
705 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
706 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
707 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
709 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
711 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
714 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
718 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
719 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17239 32364))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
722 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
723 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
724 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
725 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
726 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
727 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
728 in the current window.
730 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
732 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
733 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
734 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
736 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
738 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
739 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
740 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
742 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
746 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
747 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17185 27398))
748 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
750 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
751 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
755 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
756 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
758 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
759 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
760 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
761 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
763 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
764 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
766 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
772 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
773 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17205 20021))
774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
776 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
777 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
778 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
779 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
780 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
783 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
784 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
785 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
788 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
789 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
790 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
791 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
795 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
796 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
801 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
802 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
803 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
809 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
810 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
811 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
812 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17239 32265))
813 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
815 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
816 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
817 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
818 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
820 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt")
822 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
823 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
825 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt")
827 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
828 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
830 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt")
832 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
833 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
834 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
836 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt")
838 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
839 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
840 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt")
844 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
845 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
846 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
848 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt")
850 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
851 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
852 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
854 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt")
856 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
857 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
858 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
860 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt")
862 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
863 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
864 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
866 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
868 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
869 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
873 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
874 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
875 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
876 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
877 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
878 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
879 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
881 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
884 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
885 appointment package (if it is not already active).
889 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
890 Toggle checking of appointments.
891 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
892 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
898 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
899 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
903 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
904 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
905 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
908 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
910 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
912 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
913 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
914 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
915 noninteractive functions.
917 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
918 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
920 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
922 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
923 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
925 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
927 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
928 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
929 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
930 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
931 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
933 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
935 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
936 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
937 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
938 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
939 Returns list of symbols and values found.
941 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
943 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
944 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
945 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
946 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
948 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
950 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
954 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17239
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
958 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
959 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
960 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
961 Letters no longer insert themselves.
962 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
963 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
965 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
966 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
971 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
975 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17148 24939))
976 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
978 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
979 Major mode for editing arrays.
981 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
982 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
983 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
985 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
987 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
988 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
989 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
991 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
992 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
993 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
994 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
997 Variables you assign:
998 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
999 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1000 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1001 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1002 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1003 row numbers in the buffer.
1005 Variables which are calculated:
1006 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1007 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1009 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1010 take a numeric prefix argument):
1012 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1013 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1014 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1015 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1017 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1018 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1019 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1020 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1022 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1023 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1024 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1025 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1027 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1028 between that of point and mark.
1030 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1031 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1033 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1034 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1035 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1036 newlines inside rows)
1038 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1040 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1046 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17239
1048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1050 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1051 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1052 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1053 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1055 How to quit artist mode
1057 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1060 How to submit a bug report
1062 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1065 Drawing with the mouse:
1068 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1069 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1073 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1076 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1077 --------------------------------------------------------------
1078 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1080 --------------------------------------------------------------
1081 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1082 --------------------------------------------------------------
1083 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1084 --------------------------------------------------------------
1085 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1086 --------------------------------------------------------------
1087 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1088 --------------------------------------------------------------
1089 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1090 --------------------------------------------------------------
1091 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1092 --------------------------------------------------------------
1093 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1094 --------------------------------------------------------------
1095 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1097 --------------------------------------------------------------
1098 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1099 --------------------------------------------------------------
1100 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1101 --------------------------------------------------------------
1103 --------------------------------------------------------------
1104 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1105 --------------------------------------------------------------
1107 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1110 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1111 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1112 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1113 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1116 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1117 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1118 overwrite means the opposite.
1120 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1121 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1122 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1124 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1126 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1127 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1129 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1130 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1131 are currently drawing something.
1133 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1137 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1138 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1143 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1145 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1147 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1149 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1151 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1152 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1154 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1159 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1160 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1161 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1162 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1163 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1164 When pasting: Pastes
1166 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1168 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1170 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1171 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1172 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1173 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1174 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1175 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1180 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1181 of the line/poly-line
1183 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1184 of the line/poly-line
1189 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1191 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1192 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1193 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1194 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1195 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1196 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1197 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1198 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1199 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1200 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1201 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1202 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1203 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1204 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1205 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1206 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1207 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1208 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1209 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1210 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1215 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1216 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1218 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1219 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1220 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1221 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1222 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1223 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1224 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1225 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1226 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1227 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1228 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1229 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1230 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1231 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1232 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1233 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1234 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1235 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1236 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1240 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1241 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1248 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1252 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17140
1254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1256 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1257 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1258 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1260 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1261 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1262 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1263 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1265 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1266 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1268 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1269 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1271 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1280 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1281 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1282 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1284 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1287 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show")
1289 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1290 This command is obsolete.
1296 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1297 ;;;;;; (17148 24940))
1298 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1300 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1301 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1302 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1304 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg")
1306 (put (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1308 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1309 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1310 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1311 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1312 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1313 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1314 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1315 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1316 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1317 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1320 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1321 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1322 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1323 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1324 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1326 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1330 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1331 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1332 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1334 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1336 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg")
1338 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1340 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1341 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1342 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1343 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1344 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1345 &c to supply digit arguments.
1347 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1353 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1354 ;;;;;; (17185 27619))
1355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1357 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1358 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1364 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1365 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17148 24940))
1366 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1368 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1369 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1370 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1374 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1375 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1376 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1377 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1379 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1381 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1382 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1383 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1385 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1387 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert")
1389 (put (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1391 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1392 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1393 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1394 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1396 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1397 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1403 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1404 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1405 ;;;;;; (17239 32274))
1406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1408 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1409 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1410 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1411 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1412 save the buffer too.
1414 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1416 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1418 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1419 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1420 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1421 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1422 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1423 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1425 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1426 directory or directories specified.
1428 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1430 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1431 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1432 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1438 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1439 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1440 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17148 24940))
1441 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1443 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1444 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1446 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1447 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1448 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1449 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1450 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1454 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1455 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1457 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1458 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1462 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1463 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1464 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1466 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1467 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1468 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1469 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1470 reflected in the current buffer.
1472 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1473 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1474 writing before you save the file!
1476 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1480 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1481 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1483 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1484 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1488 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1489 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1490 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1492 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1494 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert")
1496 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1498 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1499 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1501 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1502 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1503 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1509 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1510 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17148 24940))
1511 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1513 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1514 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1515 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1517 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1519 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid")
1521 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1522 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1523 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1524 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1526 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1527 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1528 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1530 Effects of the different modes:
1531 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1532 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1533 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1534 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1535 a random distance & direction.
1536 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1537 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1538 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1540 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1542 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1543 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1544 definition of \"random distance\".)
1546 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1550 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1551 ;;;;;; (17148 25082))
1552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1554 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1555 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1557 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1558 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1562 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1563 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1564 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1565 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1567 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1569 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1571 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1575 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17148 24941))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1578 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1580 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1581 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1582 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1583 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1587 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1588 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1589 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1591 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1593 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery")
1595 (put (quote display-battery-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1597 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1598 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1599 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1600 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1601 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1608 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1609 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17148 25082))
1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1612 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1613 Time execution of FORMS.
1614 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1615 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1617 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1618 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1619 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1621 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1623 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1624 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1625 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1626 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1627 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1629 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1631 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1632 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1633 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1634 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1635 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1637 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1641 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17239
1643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1645 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1646 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1648 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1650 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1651 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1652 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1653 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1655 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1656 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1657 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1658 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1659 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1661 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1662 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1665 Special information:
1667 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1669 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1670 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1671 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1672 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1673 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1674 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1675 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1676 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1677 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1678 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1679 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1681 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1682 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1683 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1684 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1685 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1686 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1687 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1688 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1690 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1692 ----------------------------------------------------------
1693 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1694 if that value is non-nil.
1702 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1703 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1704 ;;;;;; (17148 25105))
1705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1707 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1709 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1710 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1711 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1713 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1715 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1716 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1718 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1720 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1721 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1723 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1727 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17246
1729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1731 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1733 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1737 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1738 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1739 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1740 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1741 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1746 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1747 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1750 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1753 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1754 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1756 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1757 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1759 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1760 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1761 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1762 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1763 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1764 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1768 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1770 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1771 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1772 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1773 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1775 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1776 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1777 denoted by the letter `R'.
1779 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1780 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1781 denoted by the letter `H'.
1783 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1786 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1787 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1788 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1789 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1790 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1791 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1794 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1795 degree deflection it causes.
1798 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1799 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1800 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1801 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1802 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1803 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1804 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1805 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1808 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1809 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1812 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1813 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1814 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1815 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1816 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1817 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1818 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1819 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1821 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1822 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1823 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1824 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1825 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1826 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1827 emerging from the box.
1829 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1831 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1832 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1833 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1834 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1835 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1836 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1837 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1838 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1840 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1847 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1848 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1849 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1850 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17239 32184))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1852 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1853 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1854 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1856 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1857 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1858 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1859 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1860 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1861 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1862 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
1863 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
1864 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
1865 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
1866 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
1867 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
1868 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
1869 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
1870 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
1871 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
1872 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
1873 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
1874 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
1876 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1877 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1878 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1879 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1880 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1881 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1882 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1883 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1886 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1887 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1888 yank successive words.
1890 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1891 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1892 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1893 name of the file being visited.
1895 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1896 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1897 the list of bookmarks.)
1899 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
1901 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1902 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1903 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1904 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1905 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1908 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1909 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1910 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1911 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1913 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1915 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1916 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1917 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1918 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1919 after a bookmark was set in it.
1921 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1923 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1924 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1925 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1926 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1928 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
1930 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1932 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1933 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1934 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1935 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1937 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1938 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1939 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1941 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1942 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1945 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
1947 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1948 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1949 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1950 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1951 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1954 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1956 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1957 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1958 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1959 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1960 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1961 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1962 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1963 probably because we were called from there.
1965 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
1967 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1968 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1969 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1973 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1974 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1975 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1976 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1979 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
1980 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1981 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1982 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1983 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1985 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1986 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1987 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1988 `bookmark-default-file'.
1990 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
1992 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1993 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1994 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1995 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1996 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1999 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2000 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2001 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2002 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2003 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2006 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2007 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2008 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2009 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2011 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2013 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2014 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2015 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2016 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2017 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2021 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2023 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2025 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2027 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2031 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2032 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2033 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2034 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2035 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2036 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2037 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2038 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2039 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2040 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17246 15074))
2041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2043 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2044 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2045 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2046 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2048 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2049 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2050 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2051 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2052 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2054 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2056 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2057 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2059 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2061 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2062 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2064 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2066 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2071 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2072 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2073 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2074 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2075 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2076 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2078 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2080 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2081 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2082 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2083 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2086 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2088 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2089 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2096 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2098 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2099 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2100 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2101 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2103 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2105 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2106 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2107 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2108 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2112 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2113 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2114 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2115 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2116 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2121 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2122 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2123 Default to the URL around or before point.
2125 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2126 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2127 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2128 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2130 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2131 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2133 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2134 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2135 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2137 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2139 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2140 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2141 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2142 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2144 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2145 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2146 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2147 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2149 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2150 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2151 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2153 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2154 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2156 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2158 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2159 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2160 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2161 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2163 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2164 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2165 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2166 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2168 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2169 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2170 new tab in an existing window instead.
2172 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2173 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2175 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2179 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2180 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2183 When called interactively, if variable
2184 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2185 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2186 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2187 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2189 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2190 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2191 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2193 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2194 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2196 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2197 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2198 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2199 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2200 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2201 URL in a new window.
2203 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2205 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2206 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2207 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2208 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2210 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2211 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2212 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2213 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2215 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2216 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2217 new tab in an existing window instead.
2219 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2220 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2222 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2224 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2225 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2226 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2227 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2229 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2230 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2231 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2232 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2234 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2235 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2237 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2239 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2240 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2244 program is invoked according to the variable
2245 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2247 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2248 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2249 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2250 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2252 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2253 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2255 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2257 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2258 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2259 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2260 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point.
2268 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2269 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2270 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2272 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2273 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2274 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2275 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2277 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2278 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2282 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2283 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2284 Default to the URL around or before point.
2286 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2288 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2289 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2290 Default to the URL around or before point.
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2294 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2296 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2297 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2301 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2302 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2303 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2304 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2306 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2308 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2311 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2312 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2314 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2316 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2317 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2318 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2319 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2321 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2322 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2323 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2324 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2326 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2327 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2329 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2331 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2333 Default to the URL around or before point.
2335 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2337 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2338 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2339 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2340 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2341 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2344 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2345 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2346 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2347 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2350 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2354 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2356 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2357 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2358 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2359 don't offer a form of remote control.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point.
2367 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2371 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17140
2373 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2375 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2376 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2380 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2381 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2387 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2388 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17185 27401))
2389 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2391 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2392 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2393 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2394 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2398 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2399 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2400 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2401 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2405 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2406 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2410 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2411 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2413 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2414 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2415 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2416 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2418 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2419 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2420 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2421 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2422 name of buffer configuration.
2428 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2429 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17148
2431 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2433 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2434 Keymap used by buttons.")
2436 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2437 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2438 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2440 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2441 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2442 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2443 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2444 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2445 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2447 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2448 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2449 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2450 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2452 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2454 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2455 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2456 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2457 specifying properties to add to the button.
2458 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2459 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2460 `define-button-type'.
2462 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2464 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2466 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2467 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2468 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2469 specifying properties to add to the button.
2470 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2471 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2472 `define-button-type'.
2474 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2476 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2478 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2479 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2480 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2481 specifying properties to add to the button.
2482 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2483 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2484 `define-button-type'.
2486 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2487 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2488 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2491 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2493 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2495 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2496 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2497 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2498 specifying properties to add to the button.
2499 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2500 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2501 `define-button-type'.
2503 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2504 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2505 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2506 `insert-text-button'.
2508 Also see `make-text-button'.
2510 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2514 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2515 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2516 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2517 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2518 ;;;;;; (17243 21661))
2519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2521 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2522 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2523 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2525 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2527 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2528 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2529 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2530 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2532 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2533 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2534 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2535 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2536 whether to compile it.
2538 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2540 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2541 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2543 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2545 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2546 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2547 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2548 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2549 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2551 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2553 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2554 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2555 Print the result in the echo area.
2556 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2560 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2561 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2562 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2564 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2566 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2567 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2568 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2569 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2570 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2571 all functions called by those functions.
2573 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2574 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2577 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2578 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2579 invoked interactively.
2581 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2583 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2584 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2585 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2586 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2590 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2591 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2592 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2593 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2594 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2595 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2596 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2599 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2601 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2602 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2603 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2604 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2606 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17102 18464))
2611 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2613 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2615 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2619 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2620 ;;;;;; (17167 2790))
2621 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2623 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2624 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2625 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2626 from the cursor position.
2628 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2632 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2633 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2634 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2635 ;;;;;; (17239 32263))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2638 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2639 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2641 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2642 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2644 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2645 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2649 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2650 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2652 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2654 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2655 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2657 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2659 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2660 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2664 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2665 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2666 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2667 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2669 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2671 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2672 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2673 This is most useful in the X window system.
2674 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2675 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2677 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2679 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2680 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2681 See calc-keypad for details.
2683 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2685 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2686 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2688 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2690 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2691 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2693 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2695 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2696 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2698 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2700 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2701 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2702 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2704 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2706 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2709 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2713 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17148
2715 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2717 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2718 Run the Emacs calculator.
2719 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2725 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2726 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2727 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2728 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2729 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2730 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2731 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2732 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2733 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2734 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2735 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2736 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2737 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2738 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2739 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2740 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2741 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2742 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17239 32268))
2743 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2745 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2746 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2747 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2748 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2751 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2753 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2754 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2755 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2756 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2757 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2758 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2760 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2762 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2763 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2764 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2766 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2768 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2769 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2770 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2772 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2774 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2775 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2776 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2779 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2781 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2782 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2783 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2785 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2787 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2788 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2789 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2791 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2793 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2795 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2796 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2797 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2799 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2802 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2804 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2805 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2806 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2808 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2811 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2813 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2814 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2815 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2817 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2820 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2822 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2823 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2824 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2826 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2828 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2829 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2830 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2831 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2832 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2834 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2836 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2837 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2838 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2839 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2840 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2841 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2842 a function is also provided for this:
2843 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2845 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2846 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2847 date is not visible in the window.
2849 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2850 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2851 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2853 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2855 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2856 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2858 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2859 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2860 date is visible in the window.
2862 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2863 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2864 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2866 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2868 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2869 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2873 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2875 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2877 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2879 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2880 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2882 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2883 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2891 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2892 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2893 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2894 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2895 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2896 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2897 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2898 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2899 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2900 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2901 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2902 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2905 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2906 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2907 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2908 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2916 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2917 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2919 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2920 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2921 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2922 window but will appear in a diary window.
2924 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2925 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2927 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2928 entries (in the default American style):
2930 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2931 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2932 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2934 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2935 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2936 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2937 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2938 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2939 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2940 &* 15 time cards due.
2942 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2943 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2944 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2948 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2949 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2950 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2951 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2952 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2953 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2955 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2956 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2957 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2959 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2961 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2963 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2964 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2965 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2966 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2967 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2968 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2969 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2970 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2971 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2972 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2975 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2976 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2977 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2978 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2979 documentation for these functions for details.
2981 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2982 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2984 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2986 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2987 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2989 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2991 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2992 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2994 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2996 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2997 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2999 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3001 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3002 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3004 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3006 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3007 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3008 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3010 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3012 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3013 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3014 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3016 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3018 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3019 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3020 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3021 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3024 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3026 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3027 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3028 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3029 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3038 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3039 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3040 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3041 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3042 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3043 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3045 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3047 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3048 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3049 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3051 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3053 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3054 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3055 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3057 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3059 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3060 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3061 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3063 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3065 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3066 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3067 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3069 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3071 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3072 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3073 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3074 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3075 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3076 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3078 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3080 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3081 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3082 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3084 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3085 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3086 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3089 #include \"filename\"
3091 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3092 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3093 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3094 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3095 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3097 For example, you could use
3099 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3100 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3101 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3103 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3104 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3105 lexicographic order.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3109 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3110 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3111 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3113 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3115 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3116 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3117 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3120 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3121 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3122 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3123 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3124 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3125 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3126 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3128 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3129 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3130 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3131 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3132 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3133 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3134 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3135 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3137 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3139 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3140 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3141 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3142 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3143 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3144 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3145 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3147 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3149 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3150 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3152 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3153 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3154 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3156 #include \"filename\"
3157 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3158 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3159 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3160 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3161 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3163 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3165 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3166 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3167 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3168 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3169 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3170 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3171 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3173 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3175 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3176 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3177 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3180 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3182 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3183 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3184 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3185 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3186 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3188 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3190 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3192 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3193 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3194 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3196 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3198 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3200 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3202 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3204 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3206 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3208 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3210 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3212 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3214 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3216 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3217 *User defined holidays.
3218 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3220 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3222 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3224 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3226 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3228 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3230 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3232 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3234 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3236 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3238 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3240 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3242 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3244 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3246 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3248 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3249 *Christian holidays.
3250 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3252 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3254 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3256 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3258 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3260 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3262 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3264 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3266 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3268 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3270 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3272 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3273 *Sun-related holidays.
3274 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3276 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3278 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3280 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3281 The frame setup of the calendar.
3282 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3283 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3284 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3285 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3286 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3288 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3290 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3291 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3292 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3294 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3295 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3299 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3300 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3301 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3303 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3304 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3305 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3306 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3308 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3312 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3313 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17148 25106))
3314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3316 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3317 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3319 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3321 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3322 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3323 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3326 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3330 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3331 ;;;;;; (17148 25186))
3332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3334 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3335 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3336 This function does not do any hidden buffer changes.
3342 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3343 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3344 ;;;;;; (17239 32368))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3347 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3348 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3349 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3350 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3351 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3352 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3353 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3355 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3357 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3358 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3359 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3360 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3366 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3367 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3368 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3369 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3370 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3371 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3373 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3375 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3376 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3383 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3384 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3386 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3387 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3388 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3389 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3390 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3391 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3394 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3396 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3397 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3404 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3405 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3406 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3408 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3409 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3410 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3411 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3412 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3413 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3416 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3418 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3419 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3426 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3427 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3428 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3430 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3431 Major mode for editing Java code.
3432 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3433 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3434 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3435 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3438 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3440 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3441 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3448 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3449 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3450 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3452 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3453 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3454 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3455 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3456 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3457 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3460 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3462 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3463 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3470 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3471 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3472 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3473 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3475 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3476 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3477 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3478 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3479 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3480 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3483 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3485 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3486 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3492 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3493 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3494 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3495 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3496 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3497 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3501 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3502 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17239 32369))
3503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3505 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3506 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3507 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3508 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3509 for details of setting up styles.
3511 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3514 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3515 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3516 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3517 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3520 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3521 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3522 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3523 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3524 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3527 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3528 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3529 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3530 when used elsewhere.
3532 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3534 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3535 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3536 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3537 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3539 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3541 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3542 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3543 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3545 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3547 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3548 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3549 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3550 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3551 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3553 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3557 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3558 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3559 ;;;;;; (17102 18708))
3560 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3562 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3563 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3565 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3567 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3568 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3570 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3572 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3573 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3575 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3576 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3577 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3578 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3581 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3583 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3585 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3586 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3588 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3589 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3593 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3594 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3595 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3596 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3597 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3600 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3601 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3602 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3603 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3605 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3606 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3609 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3611 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3613 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3616 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3617 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3619 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3620 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3621 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3624 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3626 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3627 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3628 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3630 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3632 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3634 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3635 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3637 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3641 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3643 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3645 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3646 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3649 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3650 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3653 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3655 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3656 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3657 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3658 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3659 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3660 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3661 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3662 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3663 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3664 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3665 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3666 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3667 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3668 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3669 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3670 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3673 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3674 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3676 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3677 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3679 | (write EXPRESSION)
3680 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3681 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3684 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3687 ;; Same as: (write string)
3689 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3690 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3691 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3694 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3695 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3696 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3697 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3698 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3699 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3701 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3702 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3704 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3707 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3708 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3709 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3711 ARG := REG | integer
3714 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3717 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3720 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3723 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3724 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3727 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3728 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3729 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3732 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3733 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3734 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3737 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3738 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3740 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3741 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3742 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3745 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3746 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3749 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3750 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3752 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3755 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3759 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3760 ;; Same meaning as C code
3761 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3763 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3768 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3769 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3772 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3773 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3777 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3781 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3782 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3783 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3785 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3786 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3787 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3789 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3790 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3791 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3792 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3793 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3796 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3798 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3799 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3800 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3801 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3802 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3803 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3805 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3807 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3808 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3809 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3811 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3813 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3817 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3818 ;;;;;; (17140 20960))
3819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3821 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3822 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3823 There are no special keybindings by default.
3825 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3826 to the action header.
3832 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3833 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3834 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3835 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3836 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3837 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3838 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3839 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3840 ;;;;;; (17239 32275))
3841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3843 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3844 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3845 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3846 the users will view as each check is completed.
3850 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3851 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3852 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3853 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3854 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3855 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3856 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3857 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3859 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3861 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3862 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3863 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3864 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3865 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3866 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3867 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3868 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3870 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3872 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3873 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3874 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3875 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3876 spacing are all verified.
3880 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3881 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3882 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3883 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3884 otherwise stop after the first error.
3886 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3888 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3889 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3890 Only documentation strings are checked.
3891 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3892 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3895 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3897 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3898 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3899 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3900 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3901 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3906 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3907 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3908 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3911 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3913 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3914 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3915 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3916 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3918 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3922 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3923 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3924 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3926 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3928 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3929 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3930 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3931 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3932 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3936 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3937 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3938 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3939 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3940 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3941 space at the end of each line.
3943 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3945 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3947 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3948 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3950 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3952 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3953 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3954 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3955 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3957 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3959 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3960 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3961 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3962 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3964 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3966 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3967 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3968 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3969 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3971 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3973 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3974 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3975 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3976 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3978 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3980 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3981 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3982 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3983 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3985 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3989 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3990 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3992 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3994 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3995 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3996 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3997 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3999 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4002 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4003 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4004 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4006 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4008 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4009 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4010 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4012 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4013 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4014 checking of documentation strings.
4016 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4022 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4023 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17102
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4027 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4028 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4029 Return the length of resulting text.
4031 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4033 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4034 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4038 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4039 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4040 Return the length of resulting text.
4042 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4044 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4045 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4051 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4052 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17148 24944))
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4055 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4056 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4057 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4058 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4059 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4060 editing and the result is evaluated.
4062 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4064 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4065 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4066 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4067 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4068 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4070 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4074 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4075 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4076 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4077 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4078 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4080 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4081 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4082 \\{command-history-map}
4084 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4085 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17148 25089))
4092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4094 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4095 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4096 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4097 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4098 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4099 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4101 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4102 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4106 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4107 ;;;;;; (17148 25088))
4108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4110 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4113 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4117 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4118 ;;;;;; (17205 6162))
4119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4121 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4122 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4123 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4124 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4126 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4127 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4128 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4129 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4131 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4132 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4134 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4138 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17148
4140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4142 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4143 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4144 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4145 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4146 of `scheme-program-name').
4147 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4148 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4149 discards input when it starts up.
4150 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4152 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4155 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4160 ;;;;;; (17239 32320))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4163 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4164 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4165 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4166 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4167 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4169 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4171 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4172 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4173 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4174 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4175 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4176 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4177 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4178 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4179 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4180 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4181 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4182 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4183 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4184 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4185 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4186 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4187 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4188 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4189 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4190 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4191 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4192 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4193 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4194 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4195 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4196 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4197 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4198 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4199 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4200 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4201 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4202 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4203 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4204 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4205 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4206 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4207 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4212 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4213 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17239 32321))
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4216 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4217 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4218 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4221 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4222 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4223 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4224 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4226 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4228 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4229 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4230 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4232 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4234 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4235 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4236 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4238 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4240 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4241 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4242 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4244 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4246 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4247 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4249 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4250 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4251 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4253 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4254 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4258 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4259 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4261 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4262 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4263 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4265 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4269 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4270 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4271 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4272 ;;;;;; (17239 32187))
4273 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4275 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4276 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4277 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4278 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4279 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4280 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4281 functions have already modified the buffer.
4283 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4285 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4286 either globally or locally.")
4288 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4290 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4291 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4292 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4293 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4294 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4295 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4296 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4297 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4299 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4301 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4303 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4304 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4305 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4306 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4307 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4308 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4309 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4310 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4312 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4314 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4316 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4317 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4318 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4319 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4320 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4321 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4323 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4325 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4326 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4327 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4328 directory tracking functions.")
4330 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4331 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4332 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4334 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4336 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4338 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4339 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4340 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4342 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4344 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4346 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4347 Send COMMAND to current process.
4348 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4349 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4351 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4353 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4354 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4355 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4356 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4358 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17159
4364 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4366 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4367 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4368 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4369 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4371 This command pushes the mark in each window
4372 at the prior location of point in that window.
4373 If both windows display the same buffer,
4374 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4375 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4377 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4378 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4379 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4380 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4381 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4382 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4383 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4386 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4387 this command work in interlaced mode:
4388 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4389 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4390 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4392 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4396 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4397 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4398 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4399 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4400 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17239 32370))
4401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4403 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4404 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4406 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4408 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4409 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4411 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4413 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4414 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4415 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4416 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4417 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4418 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4419 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4421 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4422 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4423 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4424 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4425 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4427 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4428 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4429 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4430 describing how the process finished.")
4432 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4433 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4434 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4435 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4437 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4438 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4439 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4441 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4443 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4444 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4445 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4446 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4448 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4450 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4451 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4453 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4454 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4456 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4458 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4459 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4460 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4461 (concat \"make -k \"
4462 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4464 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4466 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4467 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4468 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4469 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4471 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4473 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4474 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4475 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4476 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4478 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4479 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4481 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4482 and move to the source code that caused it.
4484 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4485 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4486 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4487 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4489 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4490 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4491 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4492 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4495 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4496 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4497 to a function that generates a unique name.
4499 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4501 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4502 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4503 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4504 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4506 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4507 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4508 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4509 to determine the buffer name.
4511 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4512 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4513 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4515 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4517 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4519 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4520 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4521 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4522 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4523 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4525 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4527 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4529 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4531 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4532 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4533 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4534 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4535 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4536 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4537 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4541 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4542 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4543 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4544 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4545 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4546 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4550 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4551 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4552 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4554 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4556 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4561 ;;;;;; (17148 24947))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4564 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4565 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4566 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4568 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4570 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4572 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4574 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4575 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4576 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4578 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4579 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4580 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4581 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4583 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4584 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4585 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4586 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4588 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4589 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4590 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4591 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4597 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4598 ;;;;;; (17239 32188))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4601 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4602 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4608 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4609 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4610 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4611 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17120 44761))
4612 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4614 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4615 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4616 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4617 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4620 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4622 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4623 | | 1:tc or top-center
4624 | | 2:tr or top-right
4625 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4626 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4627 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4628 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4629 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4630 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4632 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4633 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4634 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4635 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4638 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4639 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4640 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4642 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4646 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4650 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4653 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4654 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4655 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4656 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4658 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4660 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4661 Compose characters in the current region.
4663 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4664 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4666 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4668 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4669 specifying the region.
4671 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4672 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4673 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4675 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4676 of the text in the region.
4678 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4680 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4681 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4682 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4683 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4685 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4686 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4689 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4690 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4691 text in the composition.
4693 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4695 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4696 Decompose text in the current region.
4698 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4699 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4701 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4703 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4704 Compose characters in string STRING.
4706 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4707 the characters in it.
4709 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4710 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4711 STRING respectively.
4713 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4714 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4715 `compose-region' for more detail.
4717 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4718 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4719 text in the composition.
4721 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4723 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4724 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4726 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4728 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4729 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4730 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4731 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4732 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4733 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4734 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4735 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4737 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4739 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4740 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4742 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4743 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4745 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4746 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4748 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4749 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4751 If no composition is found, return nil.
4753 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4754 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4756 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4757 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4758 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4760 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4762 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4764 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4765 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4766 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4768 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4770 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4772 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4774 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4775 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4777 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4778 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4779 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4780 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4781 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4782 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4783 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4786 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4788 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4789 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4791 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4793 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4794 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4796 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4798 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4800 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4801 Compose last characters.
4802 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4803 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4804 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4805 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4806 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4807 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4808 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4809 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4810 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4811 after a sequence of character events.
4814 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4816 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4817 Convert CHAR to string.
4819 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4820 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4821 vector of CHAR respectively.
4822 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4824 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4826 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4830 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4831 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4832 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17239 32409))
4833 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4835 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4836 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4837 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4838 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4839 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4840 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4841 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4843 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4844 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4845 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4847 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4848 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4849 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4851 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4852 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4853 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4854 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4856 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4857 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4858 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4859 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4860 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4861 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4862 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4866 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4868 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4869 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4870 Comments start with `#'.
4871 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4873 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4883 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4884 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4885 Comments start with `;'.
4886 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4888 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4890 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4891 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4892 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4894 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4895 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4899 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4900 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4901 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4902 between `/*' and `*/'.
4903 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4905 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4906 // another kind of comment
4918 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4919 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4920 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4921 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4922 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4923 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4924 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4925 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4927 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4929 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4931 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4935 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4937 # Standard multimedia devices
4938 add /dev/audio desktop
4939 add /dev/mixer desktop
4941 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4943 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4944 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4945 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4946 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4948 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4950 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4951 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4953 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4955 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4956 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4957 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4958 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4960 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4962 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4963 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4967 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4968 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4969 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4970 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4972 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4981 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4982 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17140 20945))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4985 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4986 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4987 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4988 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4990 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4992 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4993 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4994 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4995 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4997 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4999 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5000 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5001 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5002 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5004 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5006 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5007 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5009 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5013 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5014 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17148 25089))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5017 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5018 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5019 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5020 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5021 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5022 following the copyright are updated as well.
5023 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5026 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5028 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5029 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5030 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5034 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5035 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5037 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5041 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5042 ;;;;;; (17185 27634))
5043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5045 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5046 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5047 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5048 Tab indents for Perl code.
5049 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5050 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5052 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5053 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5054 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5055 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5056 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5057 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5058 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5059 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5060 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5061 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5062 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5063 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5065 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5067 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5068 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5070 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5072 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5073 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5074 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5075 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5076 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5077 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5078 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5079 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5080 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5082 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5086 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5087 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5088 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5091 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5092 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5093 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5095 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5097 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5098 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5099 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5100 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5101 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5103 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5113 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5114 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5115 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5116 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5117 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5118 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5119 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5120 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5121 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5122 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5123 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5124 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5125 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5127 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5128 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5129 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5130 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5131 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5132 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5134 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5135 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5138 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5139 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5140 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5141 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5142 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5144 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5145 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5146 span the needed amount of lines.
5148 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5149 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5150 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5151 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5153 Variables controlling indentation style:
5154 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5155 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5156 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5157 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5158 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5159 `cperl-auto-newline'
5160 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5161 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5162 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5163 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5164 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5165 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5166 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5167 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5168 `cperl-indent-level'
5169 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5170 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5171 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5172 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5173 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5174 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5175 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5176 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5177 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5178 `cperl-brace-offset'
5179 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5180 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5181 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5182 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5183 `cperl-label-offset'
5184 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5185 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5186 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5188 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5189 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5190 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5191 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5192 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5194 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5195 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5196 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5197 \(both available from menu).
5199 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5200 column 0 is indented on
5201 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5203 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5206 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5207 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5208 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5214 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5215 ;;;;;; (17140 20963))
5216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5218 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5219 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5220 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5221 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5222 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5226 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5227 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5233 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5234 ;;;;;; (17140 20920))
5235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5237 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5238 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5239 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5240 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5242 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5243 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5245 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5247 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5248 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5249 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5253 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5258 ;;;;;; (17148 25089))
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5261 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5262 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5263 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5264 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5266 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5267 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5268 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5269 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5271 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5272 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5273 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5275 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5276 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5279 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5280 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5281 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5283 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5285 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5286 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5287 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5289 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5294 ;;;;;; (17239 32278))
5295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5297 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5298 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5299 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5301 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5303 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5305 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5307 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5308 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5309 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5310 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5311 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5313 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5314 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5315 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5316 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5317 function of these prefix keys.
5319 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5320 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5322 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5323 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5324 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5326 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5327 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5328 the prefix fallback behavior.
5330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5332 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5333 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5336 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5337 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5338 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5339 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5340 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5341 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5342 (if user-init-file (concat
5343 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5344 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5348 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5349 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5350 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5351 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5352 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5353 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5354 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5355 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5356 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17244 43728))
5357 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5358 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5360 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5361 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5363 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5364 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5366 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5367 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5369 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5371 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5373 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5374 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5375 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5377 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5378 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5380 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5381 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5383 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5384 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5386 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5387 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5389 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5391 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5393 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5394 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5397 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5398 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5400 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5401 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5403 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5404 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5406 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5407 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5409 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5411 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5413 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5414 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5415 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5416 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5417 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5421 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5422 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5423 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5424 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5428 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5429 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5433 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5434 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5438 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5440 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5441 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5443 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5445 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5447 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5448 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5449 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5451 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5453 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5454 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5455 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5456 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5457 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5459 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5460 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5463 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5465 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5466 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5467 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5468 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5470 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5471 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5473 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5475 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5476 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5477 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5479 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5480 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5482 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5484 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5485 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5489 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5490 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5494 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5495 Customize all already saved user options.
5499 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5500 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5501 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5502 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5503 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5504 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5505 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5507 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5509 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5510 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5511 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5513 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5515 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5516 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5518 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5520 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5521 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5523 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5525 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5526 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5527 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5528 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5529 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5532 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5534 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5535 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5536 The result includes selecting that window.
5537 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5538 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5539 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5542 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5544 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5545 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5547 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5549 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5550 File used for storing customization information.
5551 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5552 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5553 it should be an absolute file name.
5555 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5556 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5557 something like the following in your init file:
5559 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5562 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5563 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5565 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5566 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5567 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5568 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5569 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5571 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5572 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5573 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5574 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5575 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5576 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5577 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5578 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5579 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5580 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5582 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5584 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5585 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5589 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5590 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5594 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5595 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5596 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5598 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5600 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5601 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5602 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5603 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5604 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5606 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5610 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5611 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17242 7305))
5612 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5614 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5615 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5617 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5619 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5620 Alist of face attributes.
5622 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5623 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5624 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5625 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5626 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5627 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5629 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5630 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5631 customization type TYPE).
5633 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5634 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5635 given face attribute.")
5637 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5638 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5639 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5640 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5642 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5644 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5645 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5646 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5647 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5648 between themes and faces.
5649 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5651 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5652 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5654 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5656 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5657 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5658 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5662 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5664 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5666 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5667 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5668 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5670 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5674 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5676 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5681 ;;;;;; (17185 27407))
5682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5684 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5685 Create a custom theme.
5691 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5692 ;;;;;; (17148 24952))
5693 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5695 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5696 Mode used for cvs status output.
5702 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5703 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17140 20964))
5704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5706 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5707 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5709 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5710 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5711 C++ modes are included.
5713 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5717 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5720 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5721 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5725 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5726 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5727 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5729 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5731 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5733 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5735 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5736 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5737 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5738 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5739 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5745 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5746 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5747 ;;;;;; (17102 18767))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5750 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5751 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5753 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5755 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5756 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5758 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5760 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5761 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5762 For readability, the table is slightly
5763 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5765 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5766 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5767 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5768 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5769 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5771 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5775 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5776 ;;;;;; (17239 32191))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5778 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5779 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5781 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5782 Completion on current word.
5783 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5784 and presents suggestions for completion.
5786 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5787 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5790 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5791 then it searches *all* buffers.
5793 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5794 if there is a suitable one already.
5796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5798 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5799 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5801 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5802 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5803 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5804 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5805 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5807 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5808 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5810 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5811 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5812 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5814 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5815 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5817 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17140
5825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5827 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5828 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5830 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5831 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5832 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5834 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5835 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5836 Data lines are not indented.
5841 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5843 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5844 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5845 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5846 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5848 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5851 Extra indentation within blocks.
5853 dcl-continuation-offset
5854 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5857 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5859 dcl-margin-label-offset
5860 Indentation for a label.
5862 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5863 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5865 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5866 dcl-block-end-regexp
5867 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5868 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5869 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5870 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5871 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5873 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5874 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5875 Two such functions are included in the package:
5876 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5877 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5879 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5880 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5881 One such function is included in the package:
5882 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5884 dcl-tab-always-indent
5885 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5886 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5889 dcl-electric-characters
5890 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5893 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5894 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5895 which words trigger electric indentation.
5898 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5899 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5900 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5902 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5903 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5904 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5905 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5907 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5908 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5909 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5910 dcl-imenu-label-call
5911 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5913 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5914 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5915 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5916 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5919 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5921 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5922 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5923 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5925 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5926 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5930 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5931 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5932 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5933 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5934 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5935 \"lined up with the command line\"
5937 Data lines are not indented at all.
5938 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5943 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5944 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5950 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5951 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17244 43742))
5952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5954 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5956 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5957 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5958 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5961 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5962 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5963 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5965 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5967 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5968 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5970 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5972 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5973 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5974 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5975 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5976 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5977 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5979 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5980 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5982 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5984 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5985 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5986 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5987 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5988 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5990 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5995 ;;;;;; (17205 6149))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5998 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5999 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6003 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6004 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6005 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6006 Upper-case letters are commands.
6008 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6011 The most useful commands are:
6012 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6013 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6014 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6015 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6016 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6017 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6024 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17148
6026 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6028 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6029 Customization of `columns' group.
6033 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6034 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6036 START and END delimits the text region.
6038 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6040 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6041 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6043 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6045 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6049 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17185
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6053 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6054 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6055 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6056 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6057 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6058 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6060 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6064 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6065 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6066 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6067 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6068 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6069 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6070 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6071 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6072 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6073 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6074 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6075 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6077 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6078 Directories to search when finding external units.
6079 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6080 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6084 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6085 Face used to color delphi comments.
6086 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6087 Face used to color delphi strings.
6088 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6089 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6090 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6091 Face used to color everything else.
6093 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6094 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6096 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6100 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17159
6102 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6104 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6106 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6107 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6108 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6110 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6112 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6114 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6116 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6117 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6118 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6121 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6122 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6123 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6130 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6131 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17148 25090))
6132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6134 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6135 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6137 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6139 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6140 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6141 or nil if there is no parent.
6142 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6143 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6144 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6145 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6146 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6148 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6149 arguments are currently understood:
6151 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6152 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6154 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6155 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6157 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6158 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6160 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6162 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6164 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6165 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6166 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6168 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6169 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6171 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6172 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6173 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6175 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6176 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6178 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6179 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6181 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6183 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6185 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6186 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6187 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6188 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6189 the first time the mode is used.
6191 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6195 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6196 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17185 27409))
6197 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6199 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6200 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6201 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6202 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6203 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6206 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6208 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6209 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6210 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6211 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6212 character composition information (if relevant),
6213 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6219 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6220 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6221 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17242 7306))
6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6224 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6225 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6226 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6228 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6230 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6232 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6233 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6234 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6235 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6240 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6241 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6242 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6243 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6245 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6247 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6248 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6249 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6251 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6252 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6253 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6255 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6256 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6258 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6259 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6260 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6262 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6263 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6264 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6265 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6267 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6269 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6270 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6272 Handlers are called with argument list
6274 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6276 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6278 desktop-file-version
6279 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6280 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6281 desktop-buffer-point
6283 desktop-buffer-read-only
6284 desktop-buffer-locals
6286 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6287 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6289 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6292 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6294 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6295 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6297 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6299 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6301 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6302 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6303 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6304 List elements must have the form
6306 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6308 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6311 Handlers are called with argument list
6313 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6315 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6317 desktop-file-version
6318 desktop-buffer-file-name
6320 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6321 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6322 desktop-buffer-point
6324 desktop-buffer-read-only
6327 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6328 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6331 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6334 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6336 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6337 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6339 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6341 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6343 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6345 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6346 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6347 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6348 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6349 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6350 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6351 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6352 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6354 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6356 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6357 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6358 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6362 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6363 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6364 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6365 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6368 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6370 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6371 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6375 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6376 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6382 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6383 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6384 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6385 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6386 ;;;;;; (17102 18579))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6389 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6390 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6392 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6394 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6395 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6397 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6399 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6400 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6401 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6403 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6405 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6406 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6407 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6408 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6409 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6410 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6412 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6414 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6415 Repair a broken attribution line.
6416 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6418 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6420 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6421 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6422 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6423 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6425 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6427 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6428 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6434 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6435 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17102 18768))
6436 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6438 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6440 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6443 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6445 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6452 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6453 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17245 63766))
6454 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6456 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6457 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6458 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6459 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6460 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6464 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6465 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6466 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6467 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6469 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6470 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6471 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6472 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6475 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6477 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6478 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6479 european-calendar-style t \\
6480 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6481 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6482 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6484 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6485 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6486 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6487 to run it every morning at 1am.
6489 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6491 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6492 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6499 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17239 32193))
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6502 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6503 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6505 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6507 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6508 *The command to use to run diff.")
6510 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6512 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6513 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6514 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6515 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6516 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6517 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6519 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6521 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6522 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6523 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6524 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6525 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6526 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6528 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6532 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6533 ;;;;;; (17239 32193))
6534 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6536 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6537 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6538 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6540 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6541 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6542 headers for you on-the-fly.
6544 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6545 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6546 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6550 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6551 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6552 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6558 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6559 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6560 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6561 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6562 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17244 43730))
6563 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6565 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6566 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6567 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6568 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6569 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6570 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6571 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6572 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6574 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6576 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6577 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6579 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6580 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6581 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6582 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6583 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6585 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6586 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6588 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6589 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6590 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6591 always set this variable to t.")
6593 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6595 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6596 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6597 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6598 A value of t means move to first file.")
6600 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6602 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6603 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6604 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6605 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6606 are afterward marked with that character.")
6608 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6610 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6611 *Controls marking of copied files.
6612 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6613 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6615 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6617 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6618 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6619 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6620 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6622 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6624 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6625 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6626 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6627 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6629 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6631 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6632 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6633 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6634 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6636 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6638 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6640 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6641 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6642 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6644 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6646 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6647 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6648 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6649 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6650 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6651 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6653 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6654 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6655 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6656 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6657 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6658 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6659 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6660 list of files to make directory entries for.
6661 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6662 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6663 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6664 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6666 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6668 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6669 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6671 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6672 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6674 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6675 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6677 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6678 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6680 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6682 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6683 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6685 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6687 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6688 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6689 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6690 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6691 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6692 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6693 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6694 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6695 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6696 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6697 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6698 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6699 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6700 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6701 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6702 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6703 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6704 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6705 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6706 to see why something went wrong.
6707 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6708 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6709 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6710 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6711 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6712 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6713 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6714 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6715 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6716 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6717 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6718 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6719 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6721 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6722 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6723 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6724 again for the directory tree.
6726 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6729 `dired-listing-switches'
6730 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6731 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6734 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6735 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6736 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6737 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6739 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6741 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6742 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6749 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6750 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6755 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6756 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6757 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6758 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6759 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6760 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6761 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6762 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6763 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6764 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6765 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6766 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6767 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17239 32194))
6768 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6770 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6771 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6772 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6773 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6774 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6775 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6776 which is options for `diff'.
6778 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6780 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6781 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6782 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6783 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6784 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6785 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6787 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6789 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6790 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6791 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6792 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6793 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6794 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6795 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6797 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6799 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6800 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6801 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6802 returned by function `file-attributes'
6804 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6805 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6807 Examples of PREDICATE:
6809 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6810 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6811 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6812 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6813 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6815 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6817 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6818 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6819 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6823 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6824 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6828 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6829 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6833 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6834 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6839 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6840 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6841 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6842 `lpr-switches' as default.
6844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6846 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6847 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6848 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6849 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6850 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6852 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6853 with a prefix argument.
6857 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6858 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6859 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6860 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6861 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6863 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6864 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6866 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6867 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6868 file name substituted for `?'.
6870 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6871 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6873 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6874 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6875 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6876 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6878 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6880 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6881 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6882 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6884 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6885 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6888 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6889 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6891 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6893 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6896 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6898 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6899 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6900 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6901 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6902 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6903 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6904 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6905 from the buffer as well.
6906 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6907 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6908 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6910 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6912 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6915 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6917 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6920 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6922 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6923 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6927 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6928 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6932 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6933 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6937 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6938 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6939 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6940 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6942 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6943 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6944 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6945 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6946 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6947 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6948 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6950 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6952 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6955 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6957 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6960 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6962 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6963 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6965 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6967 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6970 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6972 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6975 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6977 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6978 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6980 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6982 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6983 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6984 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6985 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6986 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6987 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6988 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6989 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6990 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6994 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6995 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6996 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6997 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6998 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6999 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7000 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7001 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7005 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7006 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7007 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7008 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7009 and new hard links are made in that directory
7010 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7011 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7012 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7016 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7017 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7018 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7019 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7020 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7021 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7022 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7026 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7027 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7029 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7030 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7031 file if none are marked.
7033 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7034 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7035 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7036 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7038 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7039 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7041 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7043 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7044 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7045 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7047 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7049 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7050 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7051 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7053 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7055 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7056 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7057 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7059 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7061 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7066 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7067 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7071 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7072 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7073 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7074 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7075 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7076 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7078 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7080 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7081 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7082 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7083 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7084 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7085 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7086 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7088 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7090 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7091 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7092 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7093 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7094 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7095 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7097 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7099 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7101 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7102 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7103 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7105 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7107 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7108 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7109 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7110 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7114 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7115 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7116 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7117 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7121 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7123 Lower levels are unaffected.
7125 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7127 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7128 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7132 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7133 Go down in the dired tree.
7137 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7138 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7139 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7140 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7144 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7146 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7147 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7151 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7152 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7153 Stops when a match is found.
7154 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7156 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7158 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7159 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7160 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7161 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7162 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7164 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7166 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7167 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7168 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7169 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7171 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7175 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17248 29668))
7176 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7178 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7179 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7180 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7181 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7182 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7183 buffer and try again.
7185 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7189 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17148 24959))
7190 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7192 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7193 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7194 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7196 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7198 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7199 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7201 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7202 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7204 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17148
7210 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7212 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7213 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7214 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7215 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7216 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7217 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7219 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7223 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7224 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7225 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7226 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7227 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17242 7306))
7228 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7230 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7231 Return a new, empty display table.
7235 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7236 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7237 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7238 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7239 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7241 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7243 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7244 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7245 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7246 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7247 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7249 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7251 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7252 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7256 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7257 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7261 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7262 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7266 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7267 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7271 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7272 Display character C using printable string S.
7276 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7277 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7278 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7279 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7281 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7283 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7284 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7285 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7288 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7290 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7291 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7293 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7295 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7296 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7298 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7300 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7301 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7303 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7304 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7305 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7306 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7308 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7309 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7310 European character display.
7312 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7313 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7314 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7315 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7317 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7318 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7319 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7320 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7321 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7327 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7328 ;;;;;; (17140 20946))
7329 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7331 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7332 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7333 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7334 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7335 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7336 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7337 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7344 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17205 5985))
7345 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7347 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7348 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7349 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7350 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7351 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7352 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7354 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7355 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7356 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7357 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7358 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7360 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7364 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7365 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17148 25205))
7366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7368 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7369 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7370 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7371 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7372 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7373 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7374 table and its own syntax table.
7376 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7380 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7381 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7384 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7388 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17244 43757))
7389 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7391 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7392 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7398 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7399 ;;;;;; (17148 24959))
7400 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7402 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7405 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7407 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7409 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7411 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7413 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7414 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7420 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17140 20947))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7423 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7424 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7430 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7431 ;;;;;; (17148 25106))
7432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7434 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7435 Play sounds in message buffers.
7441 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7442 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7443 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17167 2793))
7444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7446 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7448 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7449 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7450 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7451 and toggle command MODE.
7453 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7454 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7455 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7456 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7457 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7458 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7459 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7460 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7463 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7464 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7466 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7467 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7468 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7469 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7470 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7471 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7472 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7473 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7474 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7475 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7476 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7477 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7478 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7479 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7481 For example, you could write
7482 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7483 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7486 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7488 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7490 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7491 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7492 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7493 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7494 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
7495 :group to specify the custom group.
7497 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7498 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7499 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7500 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7501 call another major mode in their body.
7503 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7505 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7506 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7507 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7508 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7509 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7510 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7511 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7513 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7515 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7518 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7520 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7521 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7522 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7524 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7528 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7529 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17250
7531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7533 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7535 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7536 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7538 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7539 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7540 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7542 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7543 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7547 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7548 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7552 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7553 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7557 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7558 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7560 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7562 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7564 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7566 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7567 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7569 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7570 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7572 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7574 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7576 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7580 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7581 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7582 computed automatically.
7583 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7587 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7589 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7590 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7591 keyboard equivalent.
7595 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7596 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7600 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7601 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7605 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7606 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7610 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7614 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7615 radio: A radio button.
7616 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7617 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7619 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7623 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7624 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7628 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7630 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7631 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7632 as a solid horizontal line.
7634 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7636 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7638 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7641 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7643 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7644 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7645 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7646 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7648 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7650 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7651 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7652 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7653 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7654 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7655 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7657 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7658 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7659 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7661 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7662 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7664 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7669 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7670 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7671 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7672 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7673 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7674 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17239 32372))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7678 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7679 Customization for ebnf group.
7683 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7684 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7686 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7688 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7691 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7693 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7695 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7696 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7698 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7699 killed after process termination.
7701 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7703 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7705 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7706 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7708 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7709 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7712 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7713 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7714 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7715 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7717 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7719 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7720 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7721 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7723 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7725 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7726 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7728 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7730 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7733 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7735 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7737 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7738 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7740 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7741 killed after process termination.
7743 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7745 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7747 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7748 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7749 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7750 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7752 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7756 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7757 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7758 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7760 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7764 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7765 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7767 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7769 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7772 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7774 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7776 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7777 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7779 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7780 killed after EPS generation.
7782 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7784 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7786 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7787 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7789 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7790 The EPS file name has the following form:
7792 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7794 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7795 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7797 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7798 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7799 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7800 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7802 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7806 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7807 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7809 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7810 The EPS file name has the following form:
7812 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7814 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7815 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7817 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7818 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7819 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7820 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7822 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7826 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7828 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7829 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7831 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7833 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7836 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7838 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7840 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7841 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7843 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7844 killed after syntax checking.
7846 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7848 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7850 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7851 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7855 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7856 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7858 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7860 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7861 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7865 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7866 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7868 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7870 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7872 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7875 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7879 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7880 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7882 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7884 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7886 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7887 Set STYLE as the current style.
7889 It returns the old style symbol.
7891 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7895 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7896 Reset current style.
7898 It returns the old style symbol.
7900 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7902 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7904 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7905 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7907 It returns the old style symbol.
7909 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7911 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7913 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7914 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7916 It returns the old style symbol.
7918 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7924 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7925 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7926 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7927 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7928 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7929 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7930 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7931 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7932 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7933 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7934 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17239
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7938 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7939 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7940 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7941 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7942 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7943 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7945 Tree mode key bindings:
7946 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7950 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7951 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7955 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7956 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7958 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7962 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7963 View declaration of member at point.
7967 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7968 Find declaration of member at point.
7972 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7973 View definition of member at point.
7977 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7978 Find definition of member at point.
7982 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7983 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7987 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7988 View definition of member at point in other window.
7992 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7993 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7997 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7998 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8002 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8003 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8007 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8008 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8012 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8013 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8014 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8015 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8018 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8020 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8021 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8022 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8023 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8025 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8027 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8028 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8029 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8030 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8032 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8034 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8035 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8036 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8038 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8040 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8041 Search for call sites of a member.
8042 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8043 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8044 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8045 looks like a function call to the member.
8047 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8049 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8050 Move backward in the position stack.
8051 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8055 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8056 Move forward in the position stack.
8057 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8061 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8062 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8066 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8067 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8071 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8072 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8073 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8074 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8076 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8078 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8079 Display statistics for a class tree.
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8086 ;;;;;; (17148 24959))
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8089 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8090 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8091 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8092 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8094 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8095 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8096 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8098 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8099 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8100 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8102 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8104 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8110 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8111 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17205 5985))
8112 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8114 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8115 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8116 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8118 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8122 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
8123 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17148 25093))
8124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8126 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8127 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8128 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8129 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8130 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8132 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8133 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8134 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8135 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8137 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8139 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8140 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8141 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8142 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8144 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8146 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8147 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8148 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8149 \(naming a function), or a list.
8151 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8153 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8155 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8156 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8157 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8158 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8159 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8161 If you do this on a function definition
8162 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8163 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8164 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8165 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8167 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8168 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8169 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8170 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8177 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8178 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8179 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8180 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8181 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8182 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8183 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8184 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8185 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8186 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17239 32202))
8187 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8189 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8190 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8192 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8194 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8195 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8197 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8199 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8201 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8203 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8204 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8205 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8206 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8210 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8211 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8213 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8215 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8217 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8218 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8220 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8222 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8224 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8225 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8226 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8227 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8229 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8231 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8233 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8234 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8235 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8236 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8238 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8240 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8242 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8243 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8244 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8245 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8247 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8249 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8251 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8252 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8253 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8254 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8256 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8258 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8260 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8261 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8262 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8263 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8264 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8265 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8267 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8269 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8270 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8271 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8272 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8274 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8276 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8278 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8279 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8280 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8281 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8283 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8285 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8287 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8289 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8290 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8291 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8293 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8294 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8296 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8298 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8299 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8300 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8302 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8303 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8305 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8307 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8308 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8309 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8310 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8311 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8313 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8314 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8316 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8318 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8319 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8320 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8321 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8322 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8324 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8325 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8326 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8328 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8330 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8332 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8333 Merge two files without ancestor.
8335 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8337 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8338 Merge two files with ancestor.
8340 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8342 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8344 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8345 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8347 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8349 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8350 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8352 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8354 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8355 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8356 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8359 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8361 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8362 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8363 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8366 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8368 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8369 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8370 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8371 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8375 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8376 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8377 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8378 and don't ask the user.
8379 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8380 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8382 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8384 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8385 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8386 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8387 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8388 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8389 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8390 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8391 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8393 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8395 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8397 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8399 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8400 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8401 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8402 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8403 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8405 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8407 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8409 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8410 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8411 When called interactively, displays the version.
8415 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8416 Display Ediff's manual.
8417 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8419 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8423 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8424 ;;;;;; (17148 24960))
8425 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8427 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17148 24960))
8435 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8437 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8438 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8440 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8442 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8447 ;;;;;; (17239 32198))
8448 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8450 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8451 Display Ediff's registry.
8455 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8459 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8460 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17239 32201))
8461 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8463 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8464 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8465 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8471 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8472 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8473 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8479 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8480 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8481 ;;;;;; (17148 24966))
8482 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8484 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8485 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8486 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8488 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8489 Edit a keyboard macro.
8490 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8491 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8492 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8494 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8496 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8498 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8499 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8501 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8503 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8504 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8506 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8508 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8509 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8510 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8511 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8512 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8513 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8515 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8516 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8517 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8518 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8520 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8522 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8523 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8524 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8525 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8526 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8527 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8529 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8533 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8534 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17140 20922))
8535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8537 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8539 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8540 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8542 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8544 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8545 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8552 ;;;;;; (17148 24966))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8555 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8556 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8557 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8558 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8559 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8560 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8561 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8562 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8564 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8565 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8567 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8568 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8569 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8570 this value is non-nil.
8572 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8573 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8574 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8576 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8577 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8578 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8580 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8582 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8585 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8589 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8590 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17239 32276))
8591 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8593 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8594 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8596 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8598 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8599 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8600 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8601 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8602 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8603 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8604 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8606 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8610 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8611 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8615 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8616 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8617 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8618 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8619 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8620 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8623 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8624 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8628 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17148
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8632 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8633 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8635 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8636 an elided material again.
8638 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8644 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8645 ;;;;;; (17148 25094))
8646 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8648 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8655 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8656 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17148
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8660 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8661 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8662 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8664 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8666 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8667 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8668 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8670 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8672 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8673 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8674 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8676 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8678 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8680 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8681 Display current profiling results.
8682 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8683 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (17148 25154))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8694 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8695 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8696 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8698 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8702 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8703 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8704 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8705 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8706 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2775))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8709 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8710 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8711 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8712 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8713 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8714 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8715 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8716 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8717 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8718 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8719 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8720 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8721 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8722 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8723 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8724 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8726 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8727 Run Emerge on two files.
8729 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8731 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8732 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8734 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8736 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8737 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8739 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8741 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8742 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8744 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8746 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8751 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8756 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8759 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8761 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8764 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8766 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8767 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8769 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8771 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8772 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8774 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8776 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8779 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8783 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8784 ;;;;;; (17102 18713))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8787 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8788 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8789 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8791 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8793 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8795 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
8797 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8798 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8799 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8801 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8802 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8805 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8806 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8807 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8813 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8814 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17148 25205))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8817 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8818 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8819 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8820 text/enriched format.
8821 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8823 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8824 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8828 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8832 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8835 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8837 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8840 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17140
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8848 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8849 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8857 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17140
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8861 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8862 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8868 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8869 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17148 25104))
8870 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8872 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8873 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8874 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8875 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8876 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8877 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8878 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8879 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8880 buffer selected (or created).
8882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8884 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8885 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8886 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8888 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8890 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8891 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8892 The result might be any Lisp object.
8893 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8894 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8895 corresponding to a successful execution.
8897 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8899 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8900 Report a bug in Eshell.
8901 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8902 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8908 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8909 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8910 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8911 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8912 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8913 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8914 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8915 ;;;;;; (17242 7321))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8918 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8919 *File name of tags table.
8920 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8921 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8922 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8923 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8925 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8926 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8927 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8928 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8930 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8932 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8933 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8934 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8935 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8936 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8937 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8939 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8941 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8942 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8943 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8944 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8945 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8946 `auto-compression-mode').")
8948 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8950 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8951 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8952 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8953 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8954 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8956 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8958 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8959 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8960 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8961 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8963 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8965 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8966 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8967 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8968 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8969 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8971 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8973 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
8974 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8978 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8979 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8980 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8981 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8983 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8984 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8985 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8986 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8987 file the tag was in.
8989 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8991 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8992 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8993 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8994 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8995 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8996 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8997 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8998 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8999 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9001 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9003 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9004 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9005 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9006 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9007 without directory names.
9011 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9012 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9013 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9014 but does not select the buffer.
9015 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9017 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9018 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9019 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9020 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9021 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9023 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9025 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9026 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9027 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9029 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9031 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9033 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9034 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9035 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9036 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9038 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9039 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9040 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9041 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9042 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9044 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9046 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9047 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9048 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9050 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9052 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9053 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9055 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9056 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9057 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9058 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9059 around or before point.
9061 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9062 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9063 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9064 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9065 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9067 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9069 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9070 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9071 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9073 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9075 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9076 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9078 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9079 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9080 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9081 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9082 around or before point.
9084 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9085 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9086 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9087 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9088 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9090 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9092 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9093 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9094 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9096 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9098 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9099 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9101 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9102 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9103 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9105 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9106 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9107 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9108 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9109 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9111 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9113 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9114 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9115 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9117 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9119 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9120 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9121 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9123 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9124 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9126 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9127 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9128 where they were found.
9132 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9133 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9135 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9136 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9137 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9139 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9140 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9142 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9143 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9145 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9147 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9148 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9149 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9150 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9152 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9153 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9154 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9155 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9156 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9158 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9159 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9161 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9162 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9163 Stops when a match is found.
9164 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9166 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9168 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9170 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9171 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9172 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9173 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9174 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9176 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9178 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9180 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9181 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9182 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9183 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9184 directory specification.
9186 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9188 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9189 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9191 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9193 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9194 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9195 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9196 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9200 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9201 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9202 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9203 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9204 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9210 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9211 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9212 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9213 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9214 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9215 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9216 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9217 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17185 27568))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9220 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9225 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9226 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9227 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9228 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9230 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9231 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9234 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9235 even if the buffer is read-only.
9237 See also the descriptions of the variables
9238 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9239 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9241 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9243 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9244 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9246 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9247 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9249 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9250 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9253 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9254 buffer is read-only.
9256 See also the descriptions of the variables
9257 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9258 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9260 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9262 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9263 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
9264 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9268 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9269 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9271 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9272 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9274 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9275 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9279 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9280 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9281 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9282 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9284 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9286 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9287 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9288 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9289 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9291 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9292 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9293 the primary language.
9295 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9296 buffer is read-only.
9298 See also the descriptions of the variables
9299 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9300 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9302 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9304 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9305 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9306 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9307 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9309 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9310 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9313 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9314 buffer is read-only.
9316 See also the descriptions of the variables
9317 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9318 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9320 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9322 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9323 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
9324 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9328 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9329 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9331 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9332 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9333 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9334 3) convert the body into SERA.
9336 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9340 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9341 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9342 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9344 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9346 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9347 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9351 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9352 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9354 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9355 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9358 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9359 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9360 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9362 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9364 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9366 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9367 Allow the user to input special characters.
9371 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9372 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9373 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9377 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9378 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9382 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9383 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9385 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9386 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9388 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9389 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9393 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9394 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9398 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9399 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9403 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9404 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9411 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9412 ;;;;;; (17185 27585))
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9415 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9416 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9417 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9418 server for future sessions.
9420 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9422 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9423 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9424 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9426 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9428 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9429 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9430 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9432 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9434 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9435 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9436 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9437 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9438 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9439 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9440 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9441 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9442 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9443 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9444 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9445 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9447 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9449 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9450 Display a form to query the directory server.
9451 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9452 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9454 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9456 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9457 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9458 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9462 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9466 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9467 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9468 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17140 20940))
9469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9471 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
9472 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9474 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9476 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
9477 Display URL and make it clickable.
9481 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
9482 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9484 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9486 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
9487 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9489 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9491 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
9492 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9494 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9496 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
9497 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9499 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9503 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9504 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17140 20940))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9507 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
9508 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9509 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9513 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
9514 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9521 ;;;;;; (17140 20940))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9524 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
9525 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9531 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9532 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9533 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9534 ;;;;;; (17140 20967))
9535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9537 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
9538 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9539 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9541 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9543 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
9544 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9545 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9546 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9547 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9549 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9551 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
9552 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9553 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9554 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9555 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9558 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9560 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
9561 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9562 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9566 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
9567 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9568 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9575 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9576 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17148 24967))
9577 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9579 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
9580 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9581 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9582 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9584 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9586 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9587 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9588 to generate such functions.
9590 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9591 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9592 beginning of the expanded text.
9594 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9595 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9596 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9597 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9599 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9601 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9603 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
9604 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9605 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9609 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
9610 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9611 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9614 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9615 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9619 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17239 32377))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9622 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
9623 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9624 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9626 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9627 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9628 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9630 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9635 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9638 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9640 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9642 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9643 `f90-program-indent'
9644 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9646 `f90-continuation-indent'
9647 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9648 `f90-comment-region'
9649 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9650 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9651 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9652 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9654 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9655 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9656 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9657 `f90-break-delimiters'
9658 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9659 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9660 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9661 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9663 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9664 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9666 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9667 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9668 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9669 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9670 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9671 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9673 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9675 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9676 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9682 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9683 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9684 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9685 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9686 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17148 24967))
9687 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9688 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
9689 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
9691 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
9692 Menu keymap for faces.")
9694 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
9696 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
9697 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9699 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
9701 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
9702 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9704 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
9706 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9707 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9709 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9711 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9712 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9714 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9716 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9717 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9719 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9721 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9722 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9724 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9726 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9728 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9730 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9732 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9733 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9734 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9735 will not show through at all will be removed.
9737 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9739 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9740 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9743 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9744 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9745 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9747 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9749 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9750 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9751 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9753 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9754 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9757 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9758 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9759 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9761 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9763 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9764 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9765 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9767 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9768 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9771 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9772 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9773 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9775 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9777 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9778 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9779 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
9780 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
9781 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
9782 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
9783 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
9785 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9786 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9789 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9790 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
9791 to insert cancels the specification.
9793 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9795 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9796 Make the region invisible.
9797 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9798 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9802 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9803 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9804 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9805 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9807 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9809 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9810 Make the region unmodifiable.
9811 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9812 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9814 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9816 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9817 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9821 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9822 Remove all text properties from the region.
9824 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9826 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9827 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9828 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9830 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9832 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9833 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9835 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9837 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9838 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9839 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9840 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9841 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9842 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9844 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9848 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9849 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17205 6148))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
9852 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9853 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9854 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9855 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9857 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9859 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9860 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9861 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9863 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9864 - When you save the file's buffer.
9865 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9866 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9867 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9868 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9870 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9872 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9873 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9874 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9875 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9879 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9880 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9884 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9888 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9889 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9890 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17239 32329))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9893 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9894 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9895 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9896 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9900 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9901 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9905 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9906 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9907 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9908 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9912 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9913 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9914 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9915 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9916 backup file names and the like).
9918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9920 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9921 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9922 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9923 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9924 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9925 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9926 internally by feedmail):
9928 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9929 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9930 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9931 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9933 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9934 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9935 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9936 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9937 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9939 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9943 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9944 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17239 32205))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9947 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9948 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9949 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9950 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9951 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9952 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9953 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9955 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9957 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9958 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9959 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9960 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9961 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9962 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9963 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9965 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9967 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9969 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9970 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9971 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9972 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9973 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9974 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9976 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9978 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9979 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9980 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9982 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9983 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9988 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9989 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9991 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9993 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9994 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10000 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10001 ;;;;;; (17239 32205))
10002 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10004 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10005 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10006 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10007 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10008 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10009 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10010 \(directories) is done.
10013 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10014 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10015 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17148
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10023 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10024 Filesets initialization.
10025 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10032 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10033 ;;;;;; (17148 24974))
10034 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10036 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10037 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10038 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10039 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10040 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10042 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10044 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10045 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10046 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10047 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10048 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10050 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10052 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10053 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10054 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10055 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10057 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10059 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10060 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10061 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10063 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10065 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10066 as the final argument.
10068 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10070 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10071 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10072 and run dired on those files.
10073 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10074 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10076 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10078 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10080 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10081 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10082 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10084 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10086 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10088 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10092 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10093 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10094 ;;;;;; (17148 24975))
10095 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10097 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10098 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10099 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10100 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10103 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10104 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10105 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10107 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10109 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10111 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10113 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10114 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10115 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10117 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10118 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10120 Variables of interest include:
10122 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10123 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10124 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10126 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10127 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10128 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10130 - `ff-ignore-include'
10131 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10133 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10134 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10137 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10139 - `ff-special-constructs'
10140 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10141 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10142 extracting the filename from that construct.
10144 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10145 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10147 - `ff-search-directories'
10148 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10149 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10151 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10152 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10154 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10155 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10157 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10158 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10160 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10161 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10163 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10164 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10166 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10168 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10169 Visit the file you click on.
10171 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10173 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10174 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10176 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10180 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10181 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10182 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10183 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10184 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10185 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10186 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17246 34220))
10187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10189 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10190 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10192 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10194 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10195 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10196 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10197 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10198 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10199 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10201 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10203 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10204 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10206 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
10207 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10210 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10211 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10214 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10216 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10217 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10219 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
10220 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10221 places point before the definition.
10222 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10224 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10225 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10226 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10228 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10230 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10231 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10233 See `find-function' for more details.
10235 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10237 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10238 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10240 See `find-function' for more details.
10242 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10244 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10245 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10247 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
10248 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
10249 to the buffer or display it.
10251 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10252 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10254 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10256 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10257 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10259 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
10260 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10261 places point before the definition.
10263 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10265 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10266 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10267 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10269 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10271 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10272 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10274 See `find-variable' for more details.
10276 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10278 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10279 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10281 See `find-variable' for more details.
10283 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10285 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10286 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10287 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
10288 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This function
10289 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
10291 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10294 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10296 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10297 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10299 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10300 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10301 places point before the definition.
10303 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10305 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10306 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10307 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10311 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10312 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10313 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10317 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10318 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10322 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10323 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10327 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10328 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10334 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10335 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17185 27434))
10336 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10338 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10339 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10341 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10343 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10344 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10348 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10349 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10351 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10356 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17245 51608))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10359 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10360 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10364 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10365 Display FILE's commentary section.
10366 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10370 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10371 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10377 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10378 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17148 24975))
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10381 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10382 Toggle flow control handling.
10383 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10384 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10386 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10388 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10389 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10390 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10391 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10392 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10393 to get the effect of a C-q.
10395 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10399 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10400 ;;;;;; (17148 25106))
10401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10403 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10408 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10416 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17205 6169))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10419 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10420 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10421 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10422 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10427 Turn flymake mode on.
10431 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10432 Turn flymake mode off.
10438 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10439 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10440 ;;;;;; (17249 49356))
10441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10443 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10444 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10447 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10449 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10450 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10451 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10452 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10453 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10454 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10457 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10458 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10459 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10460 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10463 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10466 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10467 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10468 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10470 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10472 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10473 in your .emacs file.
10475 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10476 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10480 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10481 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10485 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10486 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10488 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10490 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10491 Flyspell whole buffer.
10497 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10498 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10499 ;;;;;; (17194 38158))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10502 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10503 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10507 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10508 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10512 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10513 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10515 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10516 of two major techniques:
10518 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10519 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10520 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
10522 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10523 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10524 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10527 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10528 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10529 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10530 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10531 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10534 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10535 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10537 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
10539 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10540 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10541 \(This is the default.)
10543 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
10544 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
10546 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10547 \\{follow-mode-map}
10551 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
10552 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
10554 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10555 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10556 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10557 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
10558 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10559 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10561 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
10562 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10563 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10565 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10566 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10567 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
10574 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
10575 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (17244 43734))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
10578 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
10579 A list of the keywords to highlight.
10580 There are two kinds of values: user-level, and compiled.
10582 A user-level keywords list is what a major mode or the user would
10583 set up. Normally the list would come from `font-lock-defaults'.
10584 through selection of a fontification level and evaluation of any
10585 contained expressions. You can also alter it by calling
10586 `font-lock-add-keywords' or `font-lock-remove-keywords' with MODE = nil.
10588 Each element in a user-level keywords list should have one of these forms:
10592 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
10593 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
10594 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
10597 where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, or the function name to
10598 call to make the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search;
10599 it should return non-nil, move point, and set `match-data' appropriately iff
10600 it succeeds; like `re-search-forward' would).
10601 MATCHER regexps can be generated via the function `regexp-opt'.
10603 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element, evaluated when
10604 the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature can be used to provide a
10605 keyword that can only be generated when Font Lock mode is actually turned on.
10607 HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
10609 For highlighting single items, for example each instance of the word \"foo\",
10610 typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
10611 However, if an item or (typically) items are to be highlighted following the
10612 instance of another item (the anchor), for example each instance of the
10613 word \"bar\" following the word \"anchor\" then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
10615 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
10617 (SUBEXP FACENAME [OVERRIDE [LAXMATCH]])
10619 SUBEXP is the number of the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted.
10621 FACENAME is an expression whose value is the face name to use.
10622 Instead of a face, FACENAME can evaluate to a property list
10623 of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...)
10624 in which case all the listed text-properties will be set rather than
10625 just FACE. In such a case, you will most likely want to put those
10626 properties in `font-lock-extra-managed-props' or to override
10627 `font-lock-unfontify-region-function'.
10629 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification can
10630 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
10631 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
10632 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
10633 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, that means don't signal an error if there is
10634 no match for SUBEXP in MATCHER.
10636 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
10638 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
10639 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
10640 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
10641 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
10642 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
10643 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
10644 occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
10645 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
10646 (fubar-match 1 fubar-face)
10647 the first subexpression within all occurrences of
10648 whatever the function `fubar-match' finds and matches
10649 in the value of `fubar-face'.
10651 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
10653 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
10655 where MATCHER is a regexp to search for or the function name to call to make
10656 the search, as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT above, but with one exception; see below.
10657 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
10658 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
10659 used to initialize before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
10660 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
10661 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
10662 be used to move back, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
10664 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
10666 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
10668 discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
10669 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
10670 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
10671 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
10672 searching for subsequent instances of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
10673 for \"item\" concluded.)
10675 The above-mentioned exception is as follows. The limit of the MATCHER search
10676 defaults to the end of the line after PRE-MATCH-FORM is evaluated.
10677 However, if PRE-MATCH-FORM returns a position greater than the position after
10678 PRE-MATCH-FORM is evaluated, that position is used as the limit of the search.
10679 It is generally a bad idea to return a position greater than the end of the
10680 line, i.e., cause the MATCHER search to span lines.
10682 These regular expressions can match text which spans lines, although
10683 it is better to avoid it if possible since updating them while editing
10684 text is slower, and it is not guaranteed to be always correct when using
10685 support modes like jit-lock or lazy-lock.
10687 This variable is set by major modes via the variable `font-lock-defaults'.
10688 Be careful when composing regexps for this list; a poorly written pattern can
10689 dramatically slow things down!
10691 A compiled keywords list starts with t. It is produced internal
10692 by `font-lock-compile-keywords' from a user-level keywords list.
10693 Its second element is the user-level keywords list that was
10694 compiled. The remaining elements have the same form as
10695 user-level keywords, but normally their values have been
10698 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
10701 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
10703 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10704 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10706 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10707 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
10708 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
10709 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
10710 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
10711 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
10712 end of the current highlighting list.
10716 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
10717 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10718 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
10720 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
10721 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
10723 The above procedure will only add the keywords for C mode, not
10724 for modes derived from C mode. To add them for derived modes too,
10725 pass nil for MODE and add the call to c-mode-hook.
10729 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
10731 (font-lock-add-keywords nil
10732 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10733 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" .
10734 font-lock-keyword-face)))))
10736 The above procedure may fail to add keywords to derived modes if
10737 some involved major mode does not follow the standard conventions.
10738 File a bug report if this happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10740 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
10741 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
10742 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
10744 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
10746 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10747 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10749 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10750 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
10752 To make the removal apply to modes derived from MODE as well,
10753 pass nil for MODE and add the call to MODE-hook. This may fail
10754 for some derived modes if some involved major mode does not
10755 follow the standard conventions. File a bug report if this
10756 happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10758 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
10760 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
10761 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
10767 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17148
10769 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10771 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10772 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10773 \\<message-mode-map>
10777 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10778 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10779 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10780 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10781 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10782 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10788 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10789 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17239 32209))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10792 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10793 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10795 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10796 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10797 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10798 C-c < forms-first-record <
10799 C-c > forms-last-record >
10800 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10801 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10802 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10803 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10804 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10805 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10806 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10807 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10808 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10809 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10811 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10813 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10814 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10818 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10819 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10825 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10826 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17239 32378))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10829 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10830 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10831 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10832 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10833 with a character in column 6.")
10835 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10837 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10838 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10839 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10841 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10842 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10844 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10847 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10849 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10851 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10852 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10853 `fortran-do-indent'
10854 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10855 `fortran-if-indent'
10856 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10857 `fortran-structure-indent'
10858 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10860 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10861 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10862 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10863 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10864 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10865 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10866 nil don't change the indentation
10867 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10869 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10870 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10871 depending on the continuation format in use.
10872 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10873 indentation for a line of code.
10875 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10876 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10877 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10878 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10879 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10880 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10881 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10882 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10883 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10884 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10886 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10887 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10888 statements (default nil).
10889 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10890 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10891 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10892 `fortran-continuation-string'
10893 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10894 line (default \"$\").
10895 `fortran-comment-region'
10896 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10897 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10898 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10899 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10900 as typed (default t).
10901 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10902 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10904 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10905 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10911 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10912 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17140 20947))
10913 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10915 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10916 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10918 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10919 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10921 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10923 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10924 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10926 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10927 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10929 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10931 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10932 Compile fortune file.
10934 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10935 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10937 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10939 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10940 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10942 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10943 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10944 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10945 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10947 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10949 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10950 Display a fortune cookie.
10952 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10953 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10954 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10955 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10957 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10961 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
10962 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17148 24980))
10963 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10965 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10966 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10967 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10968 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10969 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10970 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10971 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10973 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10974 it take real effect.
10975 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10976 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10977 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
10979 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10981 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10982 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10984 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10985 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10986 `minimal' and `half'.
10988 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10989 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10990 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10991 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10992 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10993 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10994 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10995 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10998 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10999 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
11000 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
11001 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
11002 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
11004 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11006 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
11007 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
11009 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
11010 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
11011 `minimal' and `half'.
11013 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
11014 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
11015 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
11016 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
11017 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
11018 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
11019 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
11020 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
11023 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
11024 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
11025 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
11028 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11032 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11033 ;;;;;; (17247 12425))
11034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11036 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11037 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11038 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11039 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11041 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11042 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11043 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11044 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11046 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11047 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11048 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11049 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
11052 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11054 The following commands help control operation :
11056 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11057 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11059 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11060 detailed description of this mode.
11063 +--------------------------------------------------------------+
11065 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11066 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11070 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11071 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of inferior) |
11072 | | (comint-mode) |
11079 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11080 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11081 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11082 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11083 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11084 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11086 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11088 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
11089 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11091 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
11095 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11096 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17148
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11100 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11101 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11102 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11103 instead (which see).")
11105 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11106 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11108 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11109 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11110 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11111 documentation string instead.
11113 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11114 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11115 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11116 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11117 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11118 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11119 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11120 enders are actually possible.
11122 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11123 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11125 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11126 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11127 `font-lock-keywords'.
11129 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11130 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11131 runs the macro expansion.
11133 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11134 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11135 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11137 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11139 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11141 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11142 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11144 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11146 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11147 Enter generic mode MODE.
11149 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11150 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11151 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11153 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11154 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11158 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11159 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11160 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11161 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11162 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11163 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11164 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11165 `font-lock-keywords'.
11167 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11172 ;;;;;; (17196 24556))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11175 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11176 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11177 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11178 at places they belong to.
11180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11185 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17205 6099))
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11188 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11189 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11193 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11195 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11196 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11197 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11198 name of an NNTP server to use.
11199 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11202 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11204 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11205 Read news as a slave.
11207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11209 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11210 Pop up a frame to read news.
11211 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11212 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11213 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11214 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11215 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11216 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11217 current display is used.
11219 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11221 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11223 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11224 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11225 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11227 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11232 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11233 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11234 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11235 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11236 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17239 32296))
11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11239 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11240 Start Gnus unplugged.
11244 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11245 Start Gnus plugged.
11249 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11250 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11254 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11255 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11257 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11258 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11259 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11261 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11262 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11263 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11267 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11268 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11272 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11273 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
11274 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
11275 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11277 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11279 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11280 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
11281 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
11282 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11284 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11286 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11287 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11291 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11292 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11293 downloaded into the agent.
11295 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11297 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11298 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11299 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11300 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11302 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11304 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11305 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11309 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11310 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11314 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11315 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11316 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11318 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11322 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11323 ;;;;;; (17242 24869))
11324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11326 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11327 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11334 ;;;;;; (17148 25111))
11335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11337 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11338 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11344 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11345 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11346 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17148
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11350 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11351 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11354 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11358 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11359 Generate the cache active file.
11361 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11363 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11364 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11368 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11369 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11370 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11371 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11373 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11375 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11376 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11377 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11378 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11380 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11385 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17148 25112))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11388 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
11390 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11391 Delay this article by some time.
11392 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11394 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11395 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11397 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11398 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11400 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11401 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11403 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11405 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11406 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11410 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11411 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11412 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11413 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11415 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11416 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11418 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11422 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11423 ;;;;;; (17148 25112))
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11426 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11427 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11434 ;;;;;; (17148 25113))
11435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11437 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11438 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11444 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11445 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11446 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17185
11448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11450 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11451 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11455 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11456 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11460 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11461 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11465 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11466 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11470 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11471 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11472 The PNG is returned as a string.
11474 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11476 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11477 Convert FILE to a Face.
11478 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11481 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11486 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17148 25115))
11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11489 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11490 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11491 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11493 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11495 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11496 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11498 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11503 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11506 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11508 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11509 Run batched scoring.
11510 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11516 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11517 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11518 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11521 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11526 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11527 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11528 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11530 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11532 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11533 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11535 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11542 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11543 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11546 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11547 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11548 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11549 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11552 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11553 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11554 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11555 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11557 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11558 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11559 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11560 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11561 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11562 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11563 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11564 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11565 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11566 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11568 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11570 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11571 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11572 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11575 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11576 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11578 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11580 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11581 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11582 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11584 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11588 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11589 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11590 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11592 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11594 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11595 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11596 existing groups are considered.
11598 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11599 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11602 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11603 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11604 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11605 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11606 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11607 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11608 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11609 clauses will be generated.
11611 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11612 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11613 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11614 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11615 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11616 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11618 For example, given the following group parameters:
11621 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11622 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11624 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11625 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11626 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11627 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11629 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11631 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11633 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11635 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11636 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11639 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11643 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11644 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11647 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11648 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11649 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11651 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11655 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11656 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17185 27515))
11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11659 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11660 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11661 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11662 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11664 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11666 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11669 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11671 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11672 Like `message-reply'.
11674 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11676 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11680 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11681 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11682 ;;;;;; (17148 25117))
11683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11685 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11686 Display picons in the From header.
11687 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11691 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11692 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11693 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11697 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11698 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11699 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11706 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11707 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11708 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11709 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17148 25118))
11710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11712 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11713 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11714 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11715 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11717 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11719 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11720 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11721 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11724 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11726 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11727 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11728 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11730 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11732 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11735 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11737 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11738 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11739 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11741 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11743 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11744 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11745 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11747 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11749 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11751 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11752 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11753 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11755 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11757 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11758 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11759 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11761 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11763 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11764 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11765 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11767 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11769 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11770 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11772 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11776 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11777 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17148 25118))
11778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11780 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11785 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11786 Install the registry hooks.
11792 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11793 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17148
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11797 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11798 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11799 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11800 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11801 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11802 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11806 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11807 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11808 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11809 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11810 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11814 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11821 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11822 ;;;;;; (17148 25120))
11823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11825 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11826 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11827 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11828 for matching on group names.
11830 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11831 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11833 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11835 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11842 ;;;;;; (17185 27516))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11845 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11846 Update the format specification near point.
11852 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11853 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17239
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11857 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11858 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11860 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11862 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11869 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11870 ;;;;;; (17148 25131))
11871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11873 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11874 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11876 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11880 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17239 32364))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11883 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11884 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11886 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11887 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11888 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11890 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11891 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11892 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11894 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11895 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11897 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11898 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11900 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11902 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
11907 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17140 20941))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11910 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
11912 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11913 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11914 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11915 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11916 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11918 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11920 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11921 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11922 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11924 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11926 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11927 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11933 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
11934 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11935 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17185 27647))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11938 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11939 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11941 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11943 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11944 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11945 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11946 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11947 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11949 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11950 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11952 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11954 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11955 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11956 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11957 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11959 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11961 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11962 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11964 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11966 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
11967 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11969 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11970 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11971 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11973 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11974 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11975 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11977 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11978 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11980 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11981 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11983 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11985 (defvar grep-history nil)
11987 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11989 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11990 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11991 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11995 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12000 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12001 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12002 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12003 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12004 where grep found matches.
12006 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12007 easily repeat a grep command.
12009 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12010 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12011 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12012 if that history list is empty).
12014 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
12015 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
12017 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
12019 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12020 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12024 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12025 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12026 Collect output in a buffer.
12027 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12028 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12030 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12031 easily repeat a find command.
12033 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12035 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12037 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
12038 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12039 Collect output in a buffer.
12040 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
12041 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
12042 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12043 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
12044 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12046 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12047 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12049 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12050 easily repeat a find command.
12052 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
12053 those sub directories of DIR.
12055 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17148 24982))
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12062 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12063 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12064 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12065 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12066 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12068 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12072 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
12073 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17247 12425))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12076 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12077 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12078 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12079 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12081 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12083 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12084 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12085 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12086 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12088 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12090 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12091 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12092 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12093 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12095 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12097 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12098 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12099 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12100 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12102 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12103 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12105 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12107 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12108 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12109 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12110 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12112 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12114 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12115 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12116 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12117 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12119 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12121 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12122 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12123 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12124 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12125 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12127 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12128 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12129 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12130 original source file access method.
12132 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12133 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12135 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12137 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12138 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12139 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12140 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12142 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12143 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12145 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12147 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12148 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12152 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12153 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12154 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12156 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12158 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
12160 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12162 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
12163 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12169 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17185
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12173 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12174 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12175 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12176 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12178 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12179 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12180 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12181 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12188 ;;;;;; (17075 55477))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12191 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12192 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12194 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12196 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12197 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12198 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12199 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12201 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12205 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12206 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12207 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12208 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12216 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12217 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12218 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17148 24982))
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12221 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12222 Return the help-echo string at point.
12223 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12224 property, or nil, is returned.
12225 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12226 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12227 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12229 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12231 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12232 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12233 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12234 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12235 this produces no string either, return nil.
12239 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12240 Display local help in the echo area.
12241 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12242 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12243 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12246 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12247 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12248 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12252 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12253 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12254 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12258 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12259 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12260 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12264 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12265 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12266 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12267 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12268 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12269 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12270 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12271 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12272 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12273 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12274 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12276 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12277 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12278 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12279 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12280 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12282 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12283 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12284 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12285 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12286 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12287 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12288 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12289 The default is `never'.")
12291 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12293 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12294 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12295 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12296 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12297 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12298 considered different regions.
12300 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12301 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12302 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12303 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12304 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12305 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12306 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12307 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12308 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12310 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12312 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12313 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12314 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12315 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12318 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12319 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12320 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12321 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12322 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12323 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12324 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12325 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12327 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12328 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12329 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12330 rarely happens in practice.
12332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12334 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12335 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12336 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12337 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12338 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12339 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12345 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12346 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 help-C-file-name describe-function
12347 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (17250 21610))
12348 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12350 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12351 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12352 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12353 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12354 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12355 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12359 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12360 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12362 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12364 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12365 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12366 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12368 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12370 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "\
12371 Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
12373 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12376 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12378 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12379 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12380 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12381 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12383 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12385 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12386 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12387 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12388 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12389 it is displayed along with the global value.
12391 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12393 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12394 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12395 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12396 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12398 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12400 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12401 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12402 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12403 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12404 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12410 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12411 ;;;;;; (17148 24982))
12412 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12414 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12415 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12416 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12417 and window listing and describing the options.
12418 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12419 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12421 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12425 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12426 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12427 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17148 24983))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12430 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12431 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12432 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12438 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12443 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12448 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12449 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12451 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12452 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12453 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12454 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12456 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12457 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12458 restore it properly when going back.
12460 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12462 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12463 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12465 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12466 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12467 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12468 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12469 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12470 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12471 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12472 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12474 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12475 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12476 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12477 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12479 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12480 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12483 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12485 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12486 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12487 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12488 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12489 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12490 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12492 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12494 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12495 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12496 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12497 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12498 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12500 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12502 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12503 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12509 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12510 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17148 25095))
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12513 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12514 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12518 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12519 Provide help for current mode.
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12526 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17167 2778))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12529 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12530 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12531 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12532 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12533 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12535 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12536 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12538 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12539 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12540 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12541 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12543 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12544 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12547 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12552 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12553 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12554 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12555 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12556 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12557 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12558 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12559 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12560 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12561 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12562 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12563 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12564 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12565 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12566 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12568 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12569 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12570 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12572 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12575 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12577 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12578 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12579 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12581 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12582 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12583 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12585 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12586 into the buffer at the current point.
12588 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12589 into the buffer at the current point.
12591 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12592 into the buffer at the current point.
12594 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12596 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12597 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12599 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12601 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12605 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12606 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12607 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12609 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12611 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12612 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12613 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12619 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12620 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12621 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (17205
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12625 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
12626 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
12628 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12630 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12631 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12633 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12634 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
12635 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
12636 which can be called interactively, are:
12638 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12639 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12641 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12642 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12643 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12644 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12646 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12647 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12649 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12650 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12652 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12653 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12654 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12655 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12656 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12657 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12659 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12660 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12662 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12663 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12665 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
12666 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
12667 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
12670 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12674 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12676 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12677 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12679 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12680 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12681 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12682 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12684 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12686 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12688 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12689 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12691 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12692 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12693 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12694 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12696 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12698 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12700 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12701 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12703 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12704 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12706 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12708 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12710 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12711 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12713 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12714 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12715 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12716 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12717 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12719 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12721 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12722 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12724 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12725 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12726 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12732 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
12733 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17140 20971))
12734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12736 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
12737 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12738 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12739 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12740 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12741 how the hiding is done:
12744 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12745 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12748 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12749 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12750 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12751 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12752 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12755 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12756 #endif lines when hiding.
12758 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12759 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12762 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12763 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12764 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12766 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12770 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12771 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12773 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12775 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12776 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12778 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12780 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12781 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12783 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12787 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12788 ;;;;;; (17194 38303))
12789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12791 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12792 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12793 Each element has the form
12794 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12796 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12797 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12799 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12800 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12802 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12803 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12804 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12805 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12806 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12807 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12809 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12810 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12812 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12813 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12815 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12816 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12817 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12819 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12820 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12821 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12822 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12823 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12824 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12826 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12827 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12828 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12830 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12831 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12833 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12836 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12842 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12843 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12844 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12845 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12846 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17148 24984))
12847 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12849 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12850 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12851 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12853 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12855 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12856 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12858 Without an argument:
12859 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12860 or passive state as determined by the variable
12861 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12864 With an argument ARG:
12865 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12866 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12867 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12869 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12870 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12871 not displayed in a different face.
12874 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12875 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12876 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12877 buffer with the contents of a file
12878 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12879 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12883 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
12884 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12885 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
12887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12889 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12890 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12894 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12895 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12899 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12900 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12902 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12903 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12904 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12905 shown in the last face in the list.
12907 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12908 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12909 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12911 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12915 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12916 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12918 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12920 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12923 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12924 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12926 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12927 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12928 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12930 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12932 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12933 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12935 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12936 this function is called interactively.
12938 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12939 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12940 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12942 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12943 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12944 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12946 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12948 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12949 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12951 When called interactively:
12952 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12953 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12954 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12955 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12957 When called from a program:
12958 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12959 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12960 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12961 - otherwise just turn it on
12963 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12964 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12965 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12966 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12972 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12973 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12974 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12975 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12976 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17148 24985))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12979 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12980 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12981 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12982 or insert functions in this list.")
12984 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12986 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12987 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12989 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12991 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12992 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12994 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12996 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12997 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12999 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13001 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13002 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13004 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13006 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13007 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13008 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13010 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13012 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13013 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13014 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13017 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13019 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13020 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13021 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13022 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13023 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13025 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13027 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13028 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13029 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13030 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13031 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13033 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13034 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13035 undoes the expansion.
13039 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13040 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13041 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13042 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13044 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13048 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13049 ;;;;;; (17148 24985))
13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13052 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13053 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13054 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13056 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13057 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13058 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13059 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13060 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13062 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13063 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13064 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13065 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13069 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13070 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13071 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13073 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13075 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13077 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13079 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13080 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13081 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13083 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13084 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13091 ;;;;;; (17239 32269))
13092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13094 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13095 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13096 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13098 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13102 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13103 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13105 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
13106 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
13108 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13110 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13114 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13115 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17148 25179))
13116 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13118 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13119 This function is obsolete.
13120 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13121 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13125 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13126 This function is obsolete.
13127 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13128 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13132 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13133 This function is obsolete.
13134 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13135 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13141 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17148
13143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13145 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13146 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13152 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13153 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
13154 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
13155 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
13156 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13157 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13158 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13159 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13160 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13161 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13162 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13163 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13164 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13165 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13166 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13167 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13168 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13169 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13170 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13171 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13172 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13173 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17239 32209))
13174 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13177 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13178 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13182 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13183 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13185 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13187 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13188 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13190 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13192 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13193 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13195 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13197 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13198 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13202 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13203 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13205 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13207 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13208 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13210 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13211 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13212 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13213 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13214 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13215 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13216 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13217 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13218 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13219 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13220 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13221 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13223 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13226 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13228 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13229 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13233 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13234 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13238 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13239 Remove the first filter group.
13243 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13244 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13246 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13248 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13249 Remove all filter groups.
13253 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13254 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13258 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13259 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13260 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13265 Kill the filter group at point.
13266 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13268 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13270 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13271 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13276 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13280 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13281 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13282 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13283 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13285 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13287 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13288 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13289 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13293 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13294 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13295 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13296 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13297 of replacing the current filters.
13301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13302 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13307 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13312 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13314 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13315 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13316 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13321 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13326 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13330 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13331 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13332 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13335 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13337 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13338 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13339 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13341 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13344 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13349 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13354 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13355 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13356 of replacing the current filters.
13359 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13360 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13361 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13362 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13363 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13364 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13365 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13366 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13369 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13370 Default sorting modes are:
13371 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13372 Name - the name of the buffer
13373 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13374 Size - the size of the buffer
13378 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13379 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13382 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13383 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13384 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13385 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13387 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13388 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13392 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13393 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13394 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13395 for this Ibuffer session.
13397 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13400 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13401 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13402 for this Ibuffer session.
13404 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13406 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13407 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13409 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13410 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13412 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13413 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13415 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13418 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13420 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13421 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13423 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13425 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13426 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13430 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13431 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13433 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13434 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13435 hidden group filter, open it.
13437 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13438 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13439 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13443 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13444 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13445 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13449 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13450 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13452 The names are separated by a space.
13453 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13455 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13456 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13457 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13458 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13460 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13464 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13465 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13467 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13469 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13470 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13472 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13474 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13475 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13477 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13479 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13480 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13484 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13485 Mark all modified buffers.
13489 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13490 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13494 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13495 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13499 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13500 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13504 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13505 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13510 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13514 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13515 Mark all read-only buffers.
13519 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13520 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13524 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13525 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13526 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13529 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13533 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13534 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17205
13536 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13538 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13539 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13541 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13542 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13543 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13545 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13546 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13547 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13548 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13549 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13550 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13552 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13553 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13554 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13555 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13556 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13558 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13560 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13561 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13562 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13563 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13564 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13566 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13567 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13568 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13570 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13572 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13573 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13574 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13575 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13576 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13577 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13579 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13580 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13581 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13582 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13583 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13584 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13585 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13586 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13588 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13589 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13590 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13591 buffer's modification flag.
13592 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13593 prompted before performing this operation.
13594 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13595 operation is complete, in the form:
13596 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13597 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13598 confirmation message, in the form:
13599 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13600 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13601 macro for exactly what it does.
13603 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13605 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13606 Define a filter named NAME.
13607 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13608 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13609 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13611 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13612 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13613 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13614 bound to the current value of the filter.
13616 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13620 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13621 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17167 2779))
13622 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13624 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13625 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13626 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13627 buffers which are visiting a file.
13629 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13631 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13632 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13633 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13634 buffers which are visiting a file.
13636 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13638 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13639 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13640 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13642 All arguments are optional.
13643 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13644 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13645 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13646 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13647 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13648 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13649 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13650 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13651 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13652 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13653 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13654 that value locally in this buffer.
13656 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13660 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13661 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13662 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17244 46363))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13665 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13666 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13667 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13668 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13670 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13672 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13673 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13674 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13675 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13677 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13678 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13679 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13681 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13683 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13684 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13685 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13686 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13687 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13688 non-marking or not.
13690 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13692 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13693 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13695 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13696 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13699 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13700 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13701 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13703 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13706 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13707 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
13708 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13710 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13714 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17148
13716 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13718 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13719 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13720 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13722 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13724 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
13726 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13728 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
13729 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13730 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
13732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13736 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17140 20972))
13737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13739 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
13740 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13741 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13742 Tab indents for Icon code.
13743 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13744 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13746 Variables controlling indentation style:
13747 icon-tab-always-indent
13748 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13749 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13751 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13752 inserted in Icon code.
13754 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13755 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13756 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13757 icon-continued-statement-offset
13758 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13759 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13760 icon-continued-brace-offset
13761 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13762 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13764 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13765 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13766 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13767 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13769 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13770 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13777 ;;;;;; (17239 32385))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13780 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13781 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13782 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13783 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13785 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13786 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13789 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13790 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13792 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13793 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13794 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13796 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13798 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13802 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13803 ;;;;;; (17205 6190))
13804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13806 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13807 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
13809 The main features of this mode are
13811 1. Indentation and Formatting
13812 --------------------------
13813 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13814 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13816 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13817 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13818 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13819 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13821 Comments are indented as follows:
13823 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13824 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13825 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13827 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13829 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13830 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13831 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13832 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13833 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13834 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13836 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13837 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13838 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13839 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13843 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13844 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13845 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13846 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13847 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13848 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13849 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13850 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13851 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13852 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13856 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13857 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13858 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13859 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13860 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13861 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13865 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13866 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13867 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13868 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13869 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13872 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13873 --------------------------------
13874 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13875 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13877 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13878 \\fu FUNCTION template
13879 \\c CASE statement template
13880 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13881 \\f FOR loop template
13882 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13883 \\w WHILE loop template
13884 \\i IF statement template
13885 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13888 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13889 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13891 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13892 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13893 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13894 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13896 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13897 -------------------------
13898 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13899 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13901 7. Automatic END completion
13902 ------------------------
13903 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13904 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13908 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13909 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13911 9. Documentation and Customization
13912 -------------------------------
13913 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13914 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13915 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13916 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13917 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13921 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13922 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13923 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13925 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13928 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13932 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13933 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13934 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13935 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13936 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13937 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13938 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13939 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17239
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13943 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13944 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13945 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13946 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13948 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13949 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13950 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13953 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13955 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13957 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13958 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13959 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13960 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13961 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13962 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13963 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13964 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13965 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13969 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13970 Switch to another buffer.
13971 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13972 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13975 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13976 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13977 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13978 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13979 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13981 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13982 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13984 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13985 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13987 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13988 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13989 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13990 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13991 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13992 in a separate window.
13993 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13994 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13995 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13996 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13997 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13998 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13999 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
14000 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14001 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14005 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14006 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14007 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14008 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14012 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14013 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14014 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14015 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14019 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14021 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14022 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14026 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14027 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14028 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14029 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14033 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14034 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14035 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14036 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14040 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14041 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14045 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14046 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14047 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14048 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14049 visible in another frame.
14051 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14052 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14053 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14054 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14055 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14056 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
14058 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14059 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14061 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14062 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14064 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14065 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14066 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14067 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14068 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14069 in a separate window.
14070 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14071 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14072 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14073 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14074 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14075 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14076 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14077 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14078 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14079 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14080 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14081 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14082 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14083 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14084 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14088 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14089 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14090 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14091 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14095 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14096 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14097 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14098 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14102 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14103 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14104 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14105 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14109 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14110 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14111 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14112 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14116 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14117 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14118 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14119 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14123 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14124 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14125 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14126 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14130 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14131 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14132 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14133 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14137 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14138 Write current buffer to a file.
14139 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14140 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14144 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14145 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14146 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14147 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14151 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14152 Call dired the ido way.
14153 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14154 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14158 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14159 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14160 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14161 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14162 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14163 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14165 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14167 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14168 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14169 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14170 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14172 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14174 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14175 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14176 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14177 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14179 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14181 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14182 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14183 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14184 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14185 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14186 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14187 with `completing-read'.
14188 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14189 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14190 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14191 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14192 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14193 with point positioned at the end.
14194 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14195 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14197 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14201 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17148 24990))
14202 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14203 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14205 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14206 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14207 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14213 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14214 ;;;;;; (17148 24990))
14215 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14217 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14218 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14222 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14223 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14229 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14230 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14231 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14232 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17245 4868))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14235 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14236 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14237 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14240 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14242 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14243 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14244 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14249 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14250 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14251 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14254 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14256 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14257 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14258 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14261 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14263 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14264 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14265 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14267 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14269 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14271 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14272 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14273 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14274 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14275 use its file extension as image type.
14276 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14277 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14278 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14279 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14281 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14283 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14285 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14286 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14287 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14288 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14289 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14290 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14291 POS may be an integer or marker.
14292 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14293 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14294 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14295 means display it in the right marginal area.
14297 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14299 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14300 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14301 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14302 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14303 defaulted if you omit it.
14304 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14305 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14306 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14307 means display it in the right marginal area.
14308 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14309 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14310 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14311 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14312 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14314 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14316 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14317 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14318 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14319 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14320 defaulted if you omit it.
14321 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14322 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14323 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14324 means display it in the right marginal area.
14325 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14327 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14329 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14330 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14331 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14332 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14334 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14336 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14337 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14339 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14341 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14342 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14343 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14344 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14345 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14346 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14347 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14348 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14351 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14353 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14355 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14357 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14358 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14360 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14361 documentation string.
14363 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14364 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14365 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14366 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14367 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14368 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14369 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14374 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14375 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14377 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14381 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14382 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14383 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17148 24990))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14386 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14387 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14388 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14389 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14391 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14392 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14393 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14394 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14396 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14398 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14399 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14400 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14401 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14403 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14404 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14405 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14406 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14408 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14410 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14411 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14415 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14416 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14417 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14418 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14420 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14422 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14423 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14424 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14426 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14428 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14430 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14432 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14433 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14434 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14435 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14437 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14438 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14439 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14445 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14446 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17205 6006))
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14448 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14449 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14450 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14451 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14452 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14453 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14455 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14456 Major mode for image files.
14457 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14458 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14462 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14463 Toggle Image minor mode.
14464 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14465 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14469 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14470 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14471 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14472 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14473 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14474 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14476 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14477 information on these modes.
14483 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14484 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17148 24991))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14487 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14488 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14490 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14492 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14493 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14496 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14498 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14499 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14500 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14502 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14504 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14505 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14507 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14508 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14509 pattern's structure.
14511 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14512 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14513 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14516 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14518 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14519 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14521 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14522 of the current buffer as an alist.
14524 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14525 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14526 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14527 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14528 if it is a sub-alist.
14530 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14532 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14534 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14535 Function for finding the next index position.
14537 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14538 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14539 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14542 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14543 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14545 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14547 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14548 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14550 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14551 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14552 It should return the name for that index item.")
14554 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14556 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14557 Function to compare string with index item.
14559 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14560 non-nil if they match.
14562 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14563 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14564 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14565 arguments match\".")
14567 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14569 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14570 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14571 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14573 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14575 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14577 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14579 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14580 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14581 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14582 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14586 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14587 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14589 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14593 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14594 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14595 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14596 for more information.
14598 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14602 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14603 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14604 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17102 18773))
14605 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14607 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14608 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14610 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14612 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14615 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14617 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14620 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14622 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14625 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14627 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14628 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14629 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14630 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14631 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14633 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14635 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14636 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14637 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14638 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14639 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14641 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14645 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14646 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14647 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17140 20976))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14650 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14651 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14652 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14653 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14654 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14656 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14658 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14659 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14661 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14663 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14664 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14665 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14666 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14667 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14668 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14669 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14670 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14672 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14674 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14675 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14676 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14677 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14678 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14680 This variable is only used if the variable
14681 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14683 More precise choices:
14684 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14685 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14688 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14690 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14692 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14693 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14695 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14696 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14697 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14699 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14700 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14701 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14702 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14705 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14707 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
14711 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14712 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
14713 ;;;;;; Info-directory info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window)
14714 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (17248 29269))
14715 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14717 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
14718 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14720 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
14721 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14722 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14724 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
14725 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14726 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
14727 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14728 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
14729 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14730 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14731 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14732 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14733 with the top-level Info directory.
14735 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14736 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14737 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14738 appended to the Info buffer name.
14740 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14741 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14742 in all the directories in that path.
14744 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
14746 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
14747 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14751 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14752 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14753 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14754 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14758 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14759 Go to the Info directory node.
14763 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14764 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14765 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14766 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14767 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14768 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14770 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14772 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14773 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14774 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14776 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14778 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
14779 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14780 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14781 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14782 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14784 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14785 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14787 Selecting other nodes:
14788 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14789 Follow a node reference you click on.
14790 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14791 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14792 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14793 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14794 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14795 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14796 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14797 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14798 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14799 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14800 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14801 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14802 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14803 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14804 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14805 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14806 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14807 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14808 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14809 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14811 Moving within a node:
14812 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14813 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14814 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14815 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14816 move up to the parent node.
14817 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14818 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14820 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14823 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14824 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14825 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14826 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
14827 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
14828 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node.
14829 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14830 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14831 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14832 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14833 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14834 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14835 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14836 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14837 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14838 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14841 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14843 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14844 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14845 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14846 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14847 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14848 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14850 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14851 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14853 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14854 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14856 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14857 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14858 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14859 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14863 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14864 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14865 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14871 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14872 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14873 ;;;;;; (17148 24992))
14874 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14876 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14877 Throw away all cached data.
14878 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14879 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14883 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14885 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14886 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14887 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14888 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14889 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14890 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14892 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14894 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14895 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14897 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14898 Display the documentation of a file.
14899 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14900 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14901 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14902 The default file name is the one found at point.
14904 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14906 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14908 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14909 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14911 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14913 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14914 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14916 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14920 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14921 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17167 2781))
14922 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14924 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14925 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14927 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14929 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14930 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14931 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14935 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14936 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14937 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14939 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14940 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14947 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14948 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17148 24995))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14951 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14952 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14954 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14956 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14957 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14958 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14960 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14961 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14962 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14964 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14965 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14966 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14967 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14971 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14972 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14973 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14977 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14978 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14979 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14980 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14981 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14988 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14989 ;;;;;; (17120 44797))
14990 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14992 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14993 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14997 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14998 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15002 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15005 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15009 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17148
15011 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15013 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15014 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15015 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15016 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15017 accessed via isearchb.
15023 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15024 ;;;;;; (17148 25179))
15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15027 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15028 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15029 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15030 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15031 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15032 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15034 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15035 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15037 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15038 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15039 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15040 \"s gives German sharp s.
15041 /a gives a with ring.
15042 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15043 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15044 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15045 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15047 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15048 and a negative argument disables it.
15050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15054 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15055 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15056 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15057 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17102 18714))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15060 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15061 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15062 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15063 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15065 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15067 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15068 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15069 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15070 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15072 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15074 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15075 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15076 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15077 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15079 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15081 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15082 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15083 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15084 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15086 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15088 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15089 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15090 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15091 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15093 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15095 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15096 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15097 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15098 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15100 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15102 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15103 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15104 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15105 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15107 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15109 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15110 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15111 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15112 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15114 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15116 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15117 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15118 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15119 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15121 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15123 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15124 Warn that format is read-only.
15128 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15129 Warn that format is write-only.
15133 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15134 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15141 ;;;;;; (17102 18715))
15142 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15143 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15144 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15145 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15149 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15150 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15151 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15152 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15153 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15154 ;;;;;; (17244 43761))
15155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15157 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15158 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15159 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15160 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15162 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15164 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15165 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15166 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15168 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15169 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15172 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15174 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15176 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15178 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15180 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15182 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15184 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15186 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15187 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15189 Each element of this list is also a list:
15191 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15192 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15194 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15195 nil means the default dictionary.
15197 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15200 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15202 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15203 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15204 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15205 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15206 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15207 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15208 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15209 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15210 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15212 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15213 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15214 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15215 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15216 for non-ASCII bytes.
15218 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15219 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15222 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15225 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15226 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15227 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15228 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15229 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15230 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15231 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15232 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15234 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15236 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15237 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15238 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15240 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15241 Key map for ispell menu.")
15243 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15244 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15245 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15246 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15248 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15250 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15252 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15254 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15256 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15257 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15258 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15259 Valid forms include:
15260 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15261 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15262 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15263 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15265 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15266 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15267 First list is used raw.
15268 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15270 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15271 for skipping in latex mode.")
15273 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15274 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15275 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15276 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15277 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15278 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15280 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15281 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15282 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15283 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15285 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15286 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15287 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15288 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15289 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15291 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15292 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15294 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15295 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15297 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15298 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15301 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15302 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15303 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15304 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15305 quit spell session exited.
15307 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15309 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15310 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15311 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15313 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15315 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15316 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15320 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15321 SPC: Accept word this time.
15322 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15323 `a': Accept word for this session.
15324 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15325 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15326 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15327 `?': Show these commands.
15328 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15329 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15330 the aborted check to be completed later.
15331 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15332 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15333 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15334 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15335 `C-l': redraws screen
15336 `C-r': recursive edit
15337 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15341 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15342 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15343 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15345 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15347 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15348 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15349 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15350 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15352 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15354 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15356 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15357 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15358 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15359 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15361 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15363 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15364 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15368 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15369 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15373 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15374 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15378 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15379 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15380 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15381 sequence inside of a word.
15383 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15385 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15387 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15388 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15392 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15393 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15394 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15395 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15397 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15398 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15399 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15400 available on the net.
15404 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15405 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15406 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15408 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15409 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15411 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15412 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15416 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15417 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15418 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15419 Don't check included messages.
15421 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15422 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15423 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15425 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15426 in your .emacs file:
15427 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15428 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15429 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15430 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15432 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15433 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15434 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15440 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17239
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15444 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15445 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15446 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15448 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15450 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15452 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15454 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15455 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15456 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15457 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15458 `iswitchb' for details.
15460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15464 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15465 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15466 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15467 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17102 18773))
15468 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15470 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15475 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15476 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15477 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15478 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15479 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15480 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15481 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15482 necessary to represent OBJ.
15484 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15486 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15487 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15488 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15489 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15491 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15493 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15494 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15495 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15496 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15497 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15499 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15501 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15502 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15503 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15504 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15506 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15508 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15509 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15510 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15511 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15513 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15515 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15516 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15518 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15520 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15521 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15522 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15523 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15524 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15526 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15528 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15529 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15530 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15531 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15532 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15534 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15536 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15537 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15538 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15540 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15544 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (17246
15546 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
15548 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
15549 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
15550 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
15551 that needs to be (re)fontified.
15552 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
15554 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
15558 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15559 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17148 24997))
15560 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15562 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15563 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15564 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15565 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15567 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15570 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15572 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15573 Uninstall jka-compr.
15574 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15575 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15576 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15582 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15583 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15584 ;;;;;; (17140 20922))
15585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15587 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15588 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15589 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15590 decimal key must be specified.")
15592 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15594 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15595 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15596 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15597 decimal key must be specified.")
15599 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15601 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15602 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15603 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15604 decimal key must be specified.")
15606 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15608 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15609 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15610 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15611 decimal key must be specified.")
15613 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15615 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15616 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15617 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15618 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15619 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15623 -------------------------------------------------------------
15624 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15625 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15626 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15627 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15628 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15629 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15630 in the global and local keymaps.
15632 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15633 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15635 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15639 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15640 ;;;;;; (17102 18716))
15641 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15643 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15644 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15645 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15647 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15648 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15649 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15650 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15653 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15654 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15655 the context of text formatting.
15657 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15661 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17102
15663 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15665 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15666 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15667 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15668 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15669 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15670 positions that contains the current selection.")
15672 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15673 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15674 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15675 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15676 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15677 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15678 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15680 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15684 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15685 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15686 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15687 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17148 24998))
15688 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15689 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15690 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15691 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15692 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15693 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15694 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15695 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15697 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15698 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15699 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15700 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15701 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15703 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15705 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15706 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15707 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15709 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15710 defining the macro.
15712 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15713 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15714 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15716 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15717 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15721 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
15722 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15723 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15724 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15725 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15728 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15729 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15730 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15734 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15735 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15736 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15738 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15739 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15740 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15741 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15743 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15744 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15746 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15748 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
15749 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15750 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15752 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15755 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15756 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15758 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15759 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15760 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
15762 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15763 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15767 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15768 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15769 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15770 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15772 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15774 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15775 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15776 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15777 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15779 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15780 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15782 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15784 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
15785 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15786 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15788 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15792 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15793 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15794 ;;;;;; (17102 18774))
15795 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15797 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15799 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15802 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15804 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15807 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15809 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15812 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15816 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15817 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17102 18775))
15818 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15820 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15821 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15822 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15824 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15831 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15832 ;;;;;; (17239 32365))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15835 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15837 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15838 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15842 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15844 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15845 Start or resume an Lm game.
15846 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15847 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15849 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15850 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15851 none / 1 | yes | no
15856 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15857 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15858 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15864 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15865 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15866 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17102
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15870 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15873 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15875 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15876 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15877 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15878 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15879 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15880 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15882 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15883 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15885 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15887 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15888 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15890 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15892 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15895 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15897 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15898 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15899 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15900 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15903 The return value is number of composed characters.
15905 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15907 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15910 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15914 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15915 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15916 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17102 18717))
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15919 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15920 Mapping from encoding names used by LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15921 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15923 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
15925 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15926 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15927 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15929 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15931 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
15932 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15933 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15937 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15938 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15939 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15940 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15942 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15946 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15947 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17102 18720))
15948 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15950 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15951 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15952 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15953 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15954 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15955 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15956 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15957 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15959 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15960 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15962 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15963 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15965 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15967 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15968 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15969 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15970 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15971 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15972 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15973 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15974 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15976 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15978 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15979 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15980 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15981 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15984 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15986 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15990 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15991 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17185 27600))
15992 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
15994 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15995 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15996 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15997 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15999 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16001 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16002 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16005 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16007 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16008 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16009 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16010 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16011 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16014 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16015 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16016 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16017 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16018 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16020 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16021 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16022 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16023 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16024 slow to keep up with your typing.
16026 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16027 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16028 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16029 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16030 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16031 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16033 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16034 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16035 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16036 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16038 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16039 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16040 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16041 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16043 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16044 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16045 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16046 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16047 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16051 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16052 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16058 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16059 ;;;;;; (17159 1485))
16060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16062 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
16064 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16065 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16071 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16072 ;;;;;; (17148 25013))
16073 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16075 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16076 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16078 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16079 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16081 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16082 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16084 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16085 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16086 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16087 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16088 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16089 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16090 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16091 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16092 and transmit saved text.
16094 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16095 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16099 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16106 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17140 20949))
16107 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16109 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16110 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16111 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16112 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16113 generations (this defaults to 1).
16115 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16119 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17242
16121 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16123 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16124 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16125 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16126 is nil, raise an error.
16128 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16129 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16130 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16131 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16132 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16133 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16134 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16135 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16136 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16138 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16142 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16143 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17244 43734))
16144 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16146 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16147 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16148 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16150 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16152 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16153 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16154 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
16156 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16158 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16159 Run the locate command with a filter.
16161 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
16162 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
16164 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16168 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17239 32218))
16169 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16171 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16172 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16173 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16174 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16175 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16176 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16177 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16178 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16179 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16180 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16181 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16182 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16183 uses the current buffer.
16185 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16189 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17185
16191 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16193 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16194 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16200 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17248
16202 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16204 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16205 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16206 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16207 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16208 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16210 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16211 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16212 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16214 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16215 are indicated with a symbol.
16217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16221 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16222 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17148
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16226 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16228 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16230 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16231 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16232 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16234 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16235 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16237 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16238 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16239 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16240 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16241 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16242 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16243 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16245 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16247 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16248 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16249 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16250 switch on this list.
16251 See `lpr-command'.")
16253 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16255 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16256 *Name of program for printing a file.
16258 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16259 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16260 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16261 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16262 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16263 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16266 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16268 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16269 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16270 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16271 for customization of the printer command.
16275 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16276 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16278 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16279 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16280 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16281 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16283 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16284 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16286 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16287 for further customization of the printer command.
16291 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16292 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16293 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16294 for customization of the printer command.
16296 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16298 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16299 Paginate and print the region contents.
16301 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16302 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16303 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16304 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16306 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16307 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16309 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16310 for further customization of the printer command.
16312 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16316 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16317 ;;;;;; (17148 25015))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16320 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16321 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16322 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16324 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16328 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17167
16330 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16332 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16333 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16334 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16336 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16342 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17140
16344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16346 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16347 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16355 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16358 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16359 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16360 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16361 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16362 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16364 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16368 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16369 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17148 25015))
16370 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16372 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16373 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16374 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16375 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16376 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16378 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16380 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16381 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16382 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16383 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16385 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16386 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16387 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16388 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16391 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16392 use this command, and then save the file.
16394 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16396 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16397 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16398 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16399 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16400 each time the macro executes.
16401 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16402 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16403 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16404 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16405 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16406 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16407 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16411 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16412 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16413 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16414 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16416 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16417 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16418 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16421 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16422 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16424 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16425 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16426 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16427 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16428 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16430 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16433 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16434 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16435 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16437 You could enter the names in this format:
16443 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16446 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16449 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16450 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16452 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16453 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16457 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16458 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17148 25155))
16459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16461 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16462 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16463 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
16464 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16465 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16467 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16468 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16469 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16470 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16471 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16473 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16474 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16475 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16478 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16480 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16481 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16483 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16487 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16488 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16489 ;;;;;; (17148 25156))
16490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16492 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16493 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16497 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16502 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16503 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16505 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16507 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16508 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16509 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16512 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16518 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16519 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16520 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17148
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16524 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16525 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16526 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16527 often correct parser.")
16529 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16531 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16534 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16536 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16537 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16538 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16539 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16541 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16543 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16544 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16545 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16546 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16548 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16550 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16551 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16552 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16553 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16554 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16555 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16556 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16559 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16561 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16562 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16563 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16564 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16565 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16566 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16568 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16572 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16573 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17239 32330))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16576 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16577 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16581 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16582 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16583 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16585 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16587 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16588 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16589 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16591 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16595 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16596 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17167
16598 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16600 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16601 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16602 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16604 If `parens', they look like:
16605 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16606 If `angles', they look like:
16607 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16609 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16611 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16612 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16613 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16614 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16615 their `Resent-' variants.
16617 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16618 removed from alias expansions.
16620 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16622 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16623 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16624 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16626 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16627 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16628 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16629 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16631 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16633 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16634 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16635 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16636 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16642 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16643 ;;;;;; (17239 32330))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16646 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
16647 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16648 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16649 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16655 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode makefile-gmake-mode
16656 ;;;;;; makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
16657 ;;;;;; (17239 32386))
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16660 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16661 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16663 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16664 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16665 `makefile-makepp-mode' or `makefile-bsdmake-mode'. All but the
16666 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16667 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16668 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16670 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16671 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16672 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16673 dependency, despite the colon.
16675 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16677 In the browser, use the following keys:
16679 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16681 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16683 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16684 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16686 `makefile-target-colon':
16687 The string that gets appended to all target names
16688 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16689 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16691 `makefile-macro-assign':
16692 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16693 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16694 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16695 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16696 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16697 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16699 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16700 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16701 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16703 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16704 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16706 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16707 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16708 up or down in the browser.
16710 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16711 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16713 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16714 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16716 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16717 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16718 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16719 has been selected in the browser.
16721 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16722 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16723 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16724 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16725 filenames are omitted.
16727 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16728 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16729 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16730 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16731 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16732 the backslash itself intact.
16733 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16734 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16736 `makefile-browser-hook':
16737 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16738 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16740 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16741 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16742 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16743 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16747 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16748 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16752 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16753 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16757 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
16758 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16762 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16763 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16769 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17148
16771 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16773 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
16774 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16775 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16781 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17239 32219))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16784 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
16786 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
16787 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16788 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16789 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16790 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16791 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16792 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16794 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16795 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16796 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16797 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16799 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16801 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
16802 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16804 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16808 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17148 25016))
16809 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16811 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
16812 Toggle Master mode.
16813 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16814 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16815 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16817 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16818 following commands:
16820 \\{master-mode-map}
16822 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16823 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16824 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16830 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17246
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16834 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
16836 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
16837 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
16838 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16839 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16840 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
16842 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
16844 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16846 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
16847 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
16848 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
16849 created in the future.
16850 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
16851 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
16853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16857 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
16858 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16859 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16860 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16861 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16862 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
16863 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
16864 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
16865 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
16866 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
16867 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17242 24871))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16870 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
16871 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
16873 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
16875 If `parens', they look like:
16876 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16877 If `angles', they look like:
16878 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
16880 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
16881 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
16883 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
16885 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
16886 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
16888 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
16890 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16891 *Local news organization file.")
16893 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16895 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16896 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16897 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16898 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16900 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16901 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16902 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16904 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16906 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16908 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16909 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16911 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16912 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16913 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16914 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16916 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16918 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16919 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16920 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16921 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16923 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16925 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16926 *Function for citing an original message.
16927 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16928 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16929 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16931 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16933 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16934 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16935 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16936 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16937 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16939 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16941 (defvar message-signature t "\
16942 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16943 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16944 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16945 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16947 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16949 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16950 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16951 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16952 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16954 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16956 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16957 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16959 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16961 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16963 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16964 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16965 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16966 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16967 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16968 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16969 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16970 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16971 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16972 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16973 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16974 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16975 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16976 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16977 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16978 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16979 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16980 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16981 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16982 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16983 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16984 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16985 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16986 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16987 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16988 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16989 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16990 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16991 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16992 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16993 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16994 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16995 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16996 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16997 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16998 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16999 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17003 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17004 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17005 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17007 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17009 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17010 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17012 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17014 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17015 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17017 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17019 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17020 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17022 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17024 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17025 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17026 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17028 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17030 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17031 Cancel an article you posted.
17032 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17036 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17037 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17038 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17039 header line with the old Message-ID.
17043 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17044 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17048 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17049 Forward the current message via mail.
17050 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17051 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17053 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17055 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17058 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17060 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17063 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17065 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17066 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17070 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17071 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17073 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17075 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17076 Re-mail the current message.
17077 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17078 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17083 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17084 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17086 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17088 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17089 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17091 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17093 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17094 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17096 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17098 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17099 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17101 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17103 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17104 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17105 Works by overstriking characters.
17106 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17107 which specify the range to operate on.
17109 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17111 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17112 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17113 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17114 which specify the range to operate on.
17116 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17120 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17121 ;;;;;; (17239 32386))
17122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17124 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17125 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17129 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17130 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17134 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17135 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17139 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17140 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17146 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17147 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17148 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
17149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17151 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17152 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17153 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17157 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17158 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17159 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17160 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17161 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17162 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17163 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17165 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17167 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17168 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17169 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17170 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17171 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17173 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17174 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17176 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17178 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17179 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17180 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17181 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17182 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17184 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17185 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17187 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
17192 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17249
17194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17196 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17197 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
17198 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
17201 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17205 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17206 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17207 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
17208 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
17209 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
17210 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
17212 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
17213 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17215 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17217 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17218 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17219 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
17221 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17222 initial Subject field, respectively.
17224 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
17225 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
17226 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
17228 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
17230 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17232 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17233 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
17234 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
17237 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17241 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
17242 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
17244 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
17245 using the MH mail handling system.
17247 There are two types of tags used by MH-E when composing MIME messages: MML and
17248 MH. The option `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of tags are inserted
17249 by MH-E commands. These tags can be converted to MIME body parts by running
17250 \\[mh-mh-to-mime] for MH-style directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for MML tags.
17252 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17253 specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
17255 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
17256 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
17258 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
17264 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e"
17265 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17249 49352))
17266 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17268 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
17269 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
17270 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17271 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17275 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
17276 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17277 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17278 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17282 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17283 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17287 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-e" "\
17288 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17290 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through the
17291 messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into another
17292 folder; these commands are executed all at once with a separate command.
17294 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17295 specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please see the `mh-scan-format-file'
17296 option if you wish to modify scan's format.
17298 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17302 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as `mh-forward' or
17303 `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument can be used in several
17306 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to these commands,
17307 then you will be prompted for the message range. This can be any valid MH
17308 range which can include messages, sequences, and the abbreviations (described
17309 in the mh(1) man page):
17312 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive. The range
17318 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num may be
17319 any of the pre-defined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or last.
17325 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17328 All of the messages.
17330 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3 5-10 last:5
17333 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a region in the
17334 MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will perform the operation on all
17335 messages in that region.
17337 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (17239 32348))
17344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
17346 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17348 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17350 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17354 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17355 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17148 25017))
17356 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17358 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17359 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17360 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17361 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17362 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17363 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17364 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17365 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17366 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17367 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17368 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17372 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17373 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17374 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17375 to its second argument TM.
17377 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17382 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17148 25017))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17385 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17386 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17387 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17389 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17391 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17393 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17395 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17396 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17397 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17398 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17399 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17400 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17401 default indication.
17403 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17404 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17410 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17411 ;;;;;; (17239 32387))
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17414 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17415 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17420 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17425 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17426 ;;;;;; (17102 18776))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17429 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17432 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17434 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17437 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17439 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17440 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17441 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17444 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17448 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17449 ;;;;;; (17185 27553))
17450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17452 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17453 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17454 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17455 the entire message.
17456 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17458 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17462 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17463 ;;;;;; (17148 25140))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17466 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17467 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17468 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17469 the entire message.
17470 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17472 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17476 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17477 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17239 32315))
17478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17480 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17481 Insert file contents of URL.
17482 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17484 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17486 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17487 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17489 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17493 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17239
17495 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17497 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17498 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17505 ;;;;;; (17185 27556))
17506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17508 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17511 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17513 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17516 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17520 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17521 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17522 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17185 27558))
17523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17525 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17528 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17530 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17533 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17535 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17538 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17540 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17543 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17545 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17548 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17550 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17553 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17555 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17562 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17563 ;;;;;; (17075 55530))
17564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17566 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17567 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17568 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17569 followed by the first character of the construct.
17571 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17572 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17573 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17574 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17575 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17576 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17577 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17578 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17579 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17580 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17581 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17582 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17583 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17586 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17587 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17588 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17594 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17595 ;;;;;; (17140 20949))
17596 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17598 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17599 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17601 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17603 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17604 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17606 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17610 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17148
17612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17614 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17615 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17616 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17618 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17620 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17622 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17624 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17625 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17626 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17627 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17629 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17631 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17633 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17635 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17636 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17637 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17638 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17639 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17640 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17642 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17643 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17644 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17645 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17646 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17648 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17649 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17651 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17652 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17654 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17656 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17657 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17658 primary selection and region.
17660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17664 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17239 32365))
17665 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17667 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
17668 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17674 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17185 27455))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17677 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17678 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17679 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17681 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
17683 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
17685 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17687 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
17689 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17690 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17691 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17697 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
17698 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17699 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17700 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17701 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17702 ;;;;;; (17239 32324))
17703 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17705 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
17706 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
17707 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
17708 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
17709 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
17710 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
17711 set of ISO charsets.
17713 Each element has the following format:
17714 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
17716 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
17718 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
17719 CHARSET are mapped.
17721 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
17722 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
17723 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
17724 character code in CHARSET.
17726 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
17727 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
17728 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
17730 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
17731 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
17733 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
17734 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
17736 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
17737 Display a list of all character sets.
17739 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
17740 internal Emacs use.
17742 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
17743 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
17744 hexadecimal digits.
17745 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
17746 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
17748 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17749 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17750 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
17751 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17753 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17754 but still shows the full information.
17758 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
17759 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17760 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
17761 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
17762 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17764 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17765 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17766 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17767 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
17768 detailed meanings of these arguments.
17770 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17772 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
17773 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
17774 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
17775 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
17776 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17778 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17780 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
17781 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17783 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17785 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17786 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17788 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17790 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
17791 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17793 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17794 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17796 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17797 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17798 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17799 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17800 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17801 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17802 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17803 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17804 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17805 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17806 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17807 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17808 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17809 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17810 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17811 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17815 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17816 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17820 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
17821 Display a list of all coding systems.
17822 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17824 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17825 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17829 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
17830 Display a list of all coding categories.
17834 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
17835 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
17837 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17839 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
17840 Display information about FONTSET.
17841 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17843 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17845 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
17846 Display a list of all fontsets.
17847 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17848 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17849 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17853 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
17854 Display information about all input methods.
17858 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
17859 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17861 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17862 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17863 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17864 system which uses fontsets).
17870 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17871 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17872 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17873 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17874 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17875 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17102 18726))
17876 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17878 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
17879 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17880 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17882 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17884 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17886 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17887 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17889 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17890 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17892 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17893 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17895 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17897 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17898 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17899 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17900 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17901 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17902 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17903 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17905 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17906 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17907 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17908 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17909 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17910 middle of a character in STR.
17912 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17913 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17915 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17916 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17917 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17918 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17919 defaults to \"...\".
17921 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17923 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17924 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17926 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17927 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17928 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17930 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17931 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17932 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17934 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17935 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17936 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17938 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17939 longer than KEYSEQ.
17940 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17942 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17944 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17945 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17946 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17947 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17948 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17949 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17950 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17951 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17952 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17953 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17954 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17956 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17958 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17959 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17961 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17963 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17964 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17966 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17968 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17969 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17971 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17973 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17974 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17976 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17978 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17979 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17980 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17981 coding systems ordered by priority.
17983 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17985 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17986 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17987 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17988 language environment LANG-ENV.
17990 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17992 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17993 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17994 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17995 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17996 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17997 basis, this may not be accurate.
17999 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18003 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18004 ;;;;;; (17148 25020))
18005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18007 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18008 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18009 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18011 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18013 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18015 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18017 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18018 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18019 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18020 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18024 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18025 Enable mouse wheel support.
18027 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18031 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18032 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18033 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18034 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17148 25173))
18035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18037 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18038 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18040 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18042 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18044 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18045 `ping-program-options'.
18049 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18050 Run ipconfig program.
18054 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18056 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18057 Run netstat program.
18061 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18062 Run the arp program.
18066 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18067 Run the route program.
18071 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18072 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18076 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18077 Run nslookup program.
18081 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18082 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18086 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18091 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18096 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18097 Finger USER on HOST.
18099 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18101 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18102 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18103 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18104 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18106 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18108 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18113 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18114 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18116 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18118 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18119 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18121 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18125 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18126 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18127 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18128 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18129 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18130 ;;;;;; (17148 25021))
18131 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18133 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18135 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18137 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18139 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18141 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18142 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18143 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18144 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18145 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18146 Major modes should set this variable.")
18148 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18149 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18150 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18151 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18152 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18153 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18155 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18157 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18158 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18160 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18161 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18162 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18163 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18165 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18166 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18168 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18169 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18170 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18172 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18173 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18174 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18175 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18176 column indentation or nil.
18177 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18179 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18180 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18181 The function has no args.
18183 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18184 comments always start in column zero.")
18186 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18187 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18188 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18190 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18192 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18193 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18194 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18195 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18197 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18198 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18200 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18202 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18203 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18204 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18205 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18206 customize this variable.
18208 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18209 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18211 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18213 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18214 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18215 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18216 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18217 the variables are properly set.
18219 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18221 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18222 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18226 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18227 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18228 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18230 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18232 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18233 Set the comment column based on point.
18234 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18235 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18236 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18237 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18241 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18242 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18243 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18247 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18248 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18249 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18252 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18254 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18255 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18256 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18257 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18258 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18259 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18260 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18261 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18263 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18264 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18266 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18268 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18269 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18270 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18271 is passed on to the respective function.
18273 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18275 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18276 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18277 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18278 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18279 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18280 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18281 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18282 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18286 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18287 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18288 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18290 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18292 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18293 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18294 This indents the body of the continued comment
18295 under the previous comment line.
18297 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18298 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18299 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18301 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18302 or comment indentation.
18304 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18305 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18307 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18311 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start) "newsticker"
18312 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17239 32359))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18315 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18316 Start the newsticker.
18317 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18318 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18319 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18320 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18322 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18324 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18325 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18331 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18332 ;;;;;; (17148 25143))
18333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18335 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18336 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18338 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18342 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17148
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18346 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18347 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18348 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18349 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18350 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18351 symbol in the alist.
18353 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18358 ;;;;;; (17148 25144))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18361 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18362 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18363 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18369 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18370 ;;;;;; (17148 25145))
18371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18373 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18374 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18375 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18382 ;;;;;; (17148 25147))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18385 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18386 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18388 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18392 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18393 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17148 25148))
18394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18396 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18397 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18401 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18402 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18406 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18407 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18413 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18414 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17148 25021))
18415 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18417 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18418 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18419 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18421 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18423 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18426 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18428 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18429 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18430 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18431 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18432 to future sessions.
18434 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18436 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18437 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18438 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18439 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18440 to future sessions.
18442 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18446 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18447 ;;;;;; (17148 25209))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18450 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18451 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18453 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18454 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18455 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18462 ;;;;;; (17167 7196))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18465 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18466 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18467 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18468 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18469 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18475 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18476 ;;;;;; (17186 62981))
18477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18479 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18480 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18481 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18483 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18485 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18486 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18488 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18489 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18490 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18494 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18498 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18499 ;;;;;; (17239 32387))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18502 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18503 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18505 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18506 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18507 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18508 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18510 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18511 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18512 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18513 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18514 is why you need this mode!).
18516 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18517 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18518 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18520 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18525 \\{octave-mode-map}
18527 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18528 ==============================================
18531 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18534 octave-auto-newline
18535 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18538 octave-blink-matching-block
18539 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18540 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18542 octave-block-offset
18543 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18546 octave-continuation-offset
18547 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18550 octave-continuation-string
18551 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18552 Default is a backslash.
18554 octave-mode-startup-message
18555 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18558 octave-send-echo-input
18559 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18560 command to the inferior Octave process.
18562 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18563 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18564 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18566 octave-send-echo-input
18567 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18569 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18571 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18572 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18574 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18575 (setq auto-mode-alist
18576 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18578 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18579 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18581 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18585 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18586 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18588 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18589 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18590 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18591 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18597 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18598 ;;;;;; (17148 25181))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18601 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18602 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18603 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18607 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18608 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18609 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18610 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18611 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18613 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
18619 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
18620 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
18621 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-diary org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode)
18622 ;;;;;; "org" "textmodes/org.el" (17245 51610))
18623 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
18625 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
18626 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18627 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18629 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18630 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18631 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18632 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18633 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18634 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18635 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18636 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18637 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18638 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18640 The following commands are available:
18646 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
18647 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
18649 The following commands are available:
18651 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
18655 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
18656 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18657 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
18658 will be able to go to other weeks.
18659 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
18660 also be shown, under the current date.
18661 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18662 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18663 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18665 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18667 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
18668 Return diary information from org-files.
18669 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18670 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18671 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18672 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18674 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18675 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18676 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18678 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18679 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18680 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18681 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18683 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18684 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18685 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18687 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18688 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18689 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18690 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18692 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18694 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18696 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18697 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18701 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18702 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
18705 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
18707 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18708 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18709 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18711 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18713 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
18714 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18715 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
18716 \\[org-insert-link].
18717 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18718 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
18719 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
18723 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
18724 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
18725 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
18726 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
18727 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
18731 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
18732 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
18733 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
18734 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
18735 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
18736 file the text at a specific location.
18737 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
18738 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
18739 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
18741 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
18742 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18743 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
18744 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
18745 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
18746 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
18747 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
18748 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
18750 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
18751 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
18752 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
18753 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
18755 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
18756 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
18757 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
18759 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
18760 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
18761 \(i.e. after the stars).
18763 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
18767 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
18768 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
18772 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
18773 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
18775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18777 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
18778 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
18779 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
18780 file, but with extension `.ics'.
18784 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
18785 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
18786 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
18792 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
18793 ;;;;;; (17239 32223))
18794 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
18796 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
18797 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
18798 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
18799 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
18801 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
18802 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
18803 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
18804 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
18806 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
18807 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
18808 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
18809 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
18810 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
18811 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
18813 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
18814 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
18815 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
18817 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
18818 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
18819 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
18820 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
18821 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
18822 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
18823 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
18824 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
18825 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
18826 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
18827 The subheadings remain visible.
18828 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
18830 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
18831 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
18832 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
18834 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
18835 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
18839 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
18840 Toggle Outline minor mode.
18841 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
18842 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
18844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18848 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17148 25021))
18849 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
18851 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
18852 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
18853 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18855 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
18857 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
18859 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18861 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
18862 Toggle Show Paren mode.
18863 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18864 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
18866 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
18867 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
18869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18873 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
18874 ;;;;;; (17102 18474))
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
18877 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
18878 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
18879 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
18880 unknown are returned as nil.
18882 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18886 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17239
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
18890 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
18891 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
18892 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18894 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
18895 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
18897 Other useful functions are:
18899 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
18900 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
18901 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
18902 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
18903 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
18904 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
18905 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
18906 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
18907 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
18909 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
18911 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
18912 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
18913 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
18914 Indentation for case statements.
18915 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
18916 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18918 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18919 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18920 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18921 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18922 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18923 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18924 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18925 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18926 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18927 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18929 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18930 pascal-separator-keywords.
18932 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18933 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18939 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18940 ;;;;;; (17140 20922))
18941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18943 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18944 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18945 The keys affected are:
18946 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18947 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18948 M-Backspace does undo.
18949 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18950 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18951 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18957 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18958 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17140 20922))
18959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18961 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18962 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18963 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18965 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18967 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18969 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18971 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18972 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18974 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18976 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18977 which modify the status of the mark.
18979 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18980 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18982 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18983 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18985 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18986 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18987 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18988 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18989 turning PC Selection mode on.
18991 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18992 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18994 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18995 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18996 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18998 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18999 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19000 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19002 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19003 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19005 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19006 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19007 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19009 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19010 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19011 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19017 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19018 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19023 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19024 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19025 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19026 and cursor movement commands.
19027 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19028 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19029 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19031 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19035 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17148
19037 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19039 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19040 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19046 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19047 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17148 25022))
19048 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19050 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19051 Completion for `gzip'.
19055 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19056 Completion for `bzip2'.
19060 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19061 Completion for GNU `make'.
19065 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19066 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19070 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19074 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19075 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17148 25022))
19076 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19078 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19079 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19083 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19084 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19088 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19089 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19095 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17148
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19099 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19100 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19101 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19102 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19103 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19104 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19110 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19111 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19112 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17148 25022))
19113 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19115 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19116 Completion for `cd'.
19120 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19122 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19123 Completion for `rmdir'.
19127 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19128 Completion for `rm'.
19132 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19133 Completion for `xargs'.
19137 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19139 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19140 Completion for `which'.
19144 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19145 Completion for the `chown' command.
19149 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19150 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19156 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19157 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19158 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17205
19160 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19162 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19163 Support extensible programmable completion.
19164 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19165 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19167 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19169 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19170 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19174 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19175 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19176 This will modify the current buffer.
19180 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19181 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19185 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19186 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19187 This will modify the current buffer.
19191 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19192 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19196 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19197 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19201 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19202 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19203 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19204 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19205 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19207 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19209 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19210 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19216 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19217 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19218 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17239 32224))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19221 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19222 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19223 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19224 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19226 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19228 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19230 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19231 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19232 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19233 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19234 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19235 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19238 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19240 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19241 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19242 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19243 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19244 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19245 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19246 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19247 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19249 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19251 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19252 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19253 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19254 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19255 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19256 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19257 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19260 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19262 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19263 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19264 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19265 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19266 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19267 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19268 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19270 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19272 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19274 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19275 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19276 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19278 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19280 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19281 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19282 nil means never do it.
19283 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19284 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19285 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19287 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19289 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19290 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19291 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17194 38169))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19298 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19302 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19303 ;;;;;; (17185 27660))
19304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19306 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19307 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19308 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19309 Tab indents for Perl code.
19310 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19311 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19312 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19314 Variables controlling indentation style:
19315 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19316 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19317 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19318 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19319 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19320 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19321 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19323 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19324 `perl-indent-level'
19325 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19326 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19327 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19328 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19329 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19330 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19331 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19332 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19333 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19334 `perl-brace-offset'
19335 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19336 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19337 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19338 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19339 `perl-label-offset'
19340 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19341 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19342 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19344 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19345 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19346 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19347 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19348 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19349 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19350 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19352 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19358 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19359 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19360 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
19361 ;;;;;; "pgg.el" (17244 47844))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19364 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19365 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19366 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19368 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
19370 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19371 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19372 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19373 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19376 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
19378 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19379 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19381 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19383 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19384 Decrypt the current buffer.
19385 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19388 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
19390 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19391 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19392 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19393 a detached signature.
19394 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19395 and the the output is displayed.
19397 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
19399 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19400 Sign the current buffer.
19401 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19402 detached signature.
19403 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19405 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19406 and the the output is displayed.
19408 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
19410 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19411 Verify the current region between START and END.
19412 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19413 the detached signature of the current region.
19415 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19416 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19418 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19420 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19421 Verify the current buffer.
19422 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19423 the detached signature of the current region.
19424 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19425 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19426 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19429 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19431 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19432 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19436 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19437 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19439 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19441 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19442 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19448 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19449 ;;;;;; (17148 25215))
19450 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19452 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19453 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19454 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19455 afterwards settable by these commands:
19456 C-c < Move left after insertion.
19457 C-c > Move right after insertion.
19458 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
19459 C-c . Move down after insertion.
19460 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
19461 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
19462 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
19463 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
19464 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
19465 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
19466 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
19467 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
19468 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19469 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19470 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19471 with these commands:
19472 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
19473 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
19474 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
19475 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
19476 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
19477 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
19478 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
19479 Return Move to beginning of next line.
19480 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19481 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
19482 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
19483 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
19484 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
19485 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
19486 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
19487 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
19488 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
19489 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19490 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
19491 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
19492 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
19493 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
19494 text is saved in the kill ring.
19495 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
19496 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19497 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
19498 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
19499 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
19500 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
19501 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
19502 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
19503 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
19504 if invoked soon enough.
19505 You can return to the previous mode with:
19506 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
19507 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
19509 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19511 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19512 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19516 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19520 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
19521 ;;;;;; (17148 25215))
19522 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
19524 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
19525 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
19526 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
19528 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19532 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17140 20949))
19533 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
19535 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
19536 Play pong and waste time.
19537 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
19538 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
19540 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
19548 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
19549 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17185 27496))
19550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
19552 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
19553 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
19554 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
19555 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
19557 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
19559 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
19560 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
19564 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
19565 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
19566 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
19567 can handle, whenever this is possible.
19568 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
19570 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
19572 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
19573 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
19574 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
19575 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
19576 in the variable `values'.
19578 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
19580 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
19581 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
19582 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
19583 Ignores leading comment characters.
19589 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
19590 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
19591 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
19592 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
19593 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
19594 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
19595 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
19596 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
19597 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
19598 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
19599 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
19600 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
19601 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
19602 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
19603 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
19604 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
19605 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
19606 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
19607 ;;;;;; (17239 32228))
19608 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
19610 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
19611 Activate the printing interface buffer.
19613 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
19615 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
19617 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19619 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
19620 Preview directory using ghostview.
19622 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19623 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19624 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19625 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19627 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19628 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19629 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19630 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19631 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19634 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19636 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19638 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19639 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
19641 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19642 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19643 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19644 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19646 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19647 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19648 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19649 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19650 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19653 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19655 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19657 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
19658 Print directory using PostScript printer.
19660 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19661 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19662 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19663 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19665 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19666 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19667 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19668 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19669 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19672 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19674 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19676 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
19677 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19679 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19681 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19682 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19683 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19684 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19686 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19687 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19688 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19689 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19690 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19693 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19695 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19697 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
19698 Preview buffer using ghostview.
19700 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19701 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19702 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19704 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19705 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
19706 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
19707 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19709 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19711 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19712 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
19714 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19715 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19716 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19718 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19719 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19720 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19721 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19723 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19725 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
19726 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
19728 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19729 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19730 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19732 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19733 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19734 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19735 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19737 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19739 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
19740 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19742 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19744 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19745 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19746 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19748 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19749 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19750 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19751 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19753 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19755 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
19756 Preview region using ghostview.
19758 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19760 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19762 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19763 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
19765 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19767 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19769 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
19770 Print region using PostScript printer.
19772 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19774 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19776 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
19777 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19779 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19781 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19783 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
19784 Preview major mode using ghostview.
19786 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19788 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19790 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19791 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
19793 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19795 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19797 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
19798 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
19800 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19802 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19804 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
19805 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
19807 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19809 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19811 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
19812 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
19813 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19814 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19816 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19819 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19820 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19822 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19824 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19826 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
19827 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
19828 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19829 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19833 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
19834 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
19835 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19836 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19840 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
19841 Print directory using text printer.
19843 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19846 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19847 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19849 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19851 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19853 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
19854 Print buffer using text printer.
19858 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
19859 Print region using text printer.
19863 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
19864 Print major mode using text printer.
19868 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
19869 Preview spooled PostScript.
19871 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19872 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19873 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19875 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19876 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19877 PostScript image in a file with that name.
19879 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19881 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19882 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
19884 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19885 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19886 instead of sending it to the printer.
19888 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19889 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19890 image in a file with that name.
19892 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19894 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
19895 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19897 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19898 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19899 instead of sending it to the printer.
19901 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19902 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19903 image in a file with that name.
19905 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19907 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
19908 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19910 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19911 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19912 instead of sending it to the printer.
19914 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19915 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19916 image in a file with that name.
19918 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19920 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19921 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19923 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19925 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19926 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19928 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19930 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19931 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19933 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19935 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19936 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19938 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19940 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19941 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19943 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19945 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19946 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19948 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19949 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19950 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19951 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19953 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19954 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19955 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19956 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19957 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19958 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19961 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19963 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19964 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19968 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19969 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19971 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19973 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19978 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19979 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19983 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19984 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19988 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19989 Toggle printing with faces.
19993 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19998 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20003 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20006 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20008 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20013 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20018 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20019 Toggle upside-down.
20023 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20024 Toggle line number.
20028 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20029 Toggle zebra stripes.
20033 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20034 Toggle printing header.
20038 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20039 Toggle printing header frame.
20043 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20048 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20049 Toggle auto region.
20053 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20058 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20059 Customization of the `printing' group.
20061 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20063 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20064 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20066 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20068 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20069 Help for the printing package.
20071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20073 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20074 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20078 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20079 Interactively select a text printer.
20083 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20084 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20088 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20089 Show current ps-print settings.
20091 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20093 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20094 Show current printing settings.
20096 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20098 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20099 Show current lpr settings.
20101 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20103 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20104 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20106 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20107 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20108 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20109 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20112 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20114 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20115 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20116 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20118 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20119 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20120 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20121 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20122 current active printer.
20124 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20125 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20126 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20129 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20130 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20131 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20132 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20133 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20136 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20137 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20139 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20141 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20142 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20143 be done using the new current active printer.
20145 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20146 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20149 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20150 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20151 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20152 instead of sending it to the printer.
20154 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20155 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20158 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20161 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20164 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20166 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20167 Fast fire function for text printing.
20169 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20170 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20171 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20172 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20174 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20175 user for a new active text printer.
20177 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20179 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20181 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20182 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20185 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20187 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20190 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20194 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20195 ;;;;;; (17185 27661))
20196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20198 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20199 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20200 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20202 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20203 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20204 if that value is non-nil.
20208 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20209 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17131 20680))
20216 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20218 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20219 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20220 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20224 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17205
20226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20228 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20229 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20231 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20233 The following variables hold user options, and can
20234 be set through the `customize' command:
20236 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20238 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20239 `ps-mode-print-function'
20241 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20245 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20248 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20254 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20255 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20256 The keymap for this second window is:
20258 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20261 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20262 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20263 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20264 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20265 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20271 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20272 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20273 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20274 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17239 32229))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20277 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20278 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20282 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20283 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20284 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20285 changed by setting the variable
20286 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20287 The initial value of this variable is
20288 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20291 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20292 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20293 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20294 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20295 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20296 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20299 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20300 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20301 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20302 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20303 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20304 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20305 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20306 use this value, be sure to have installed
20307 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20308 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20309 documentation of this variable).
20311 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20312 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20313 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20314 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20315 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20316 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20318 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20320 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20322 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20323 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20324 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20326 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20328 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20333 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20334 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20336 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20338 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20342 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20344 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20347 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20349 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20350 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20352 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20355 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20359 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20361 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20364 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20366 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20367 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20371 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20372 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20373 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20375 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20377 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20378 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20379 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20381 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20383 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20390 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20391 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20392 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20393 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20394 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20395 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17239
20397 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20399 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20400 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20401 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20403 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20405 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20406 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20407 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20408 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20410 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20412 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20413 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20417 nil Do not print colors.
20421 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20422 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20424 Any other value is treated as t.")
20426 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20428 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20429 Customization of ps-print group.
20433 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20434 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20436 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20437 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20438 sending it to the printer.
20440 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20441 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20442 image in a file with that name.
20444 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20446 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20447 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20448 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20449 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20450 so it has a way to determine color values.
20452 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20454 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20455 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20456 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20458 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20460 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20461 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20462 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20463 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20464 so it has a way to determine color values.
20466 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20468 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20469 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20470 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20471 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20473 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20477 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20478 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20479 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20480 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20481 so it has a way to determine color values.
20483 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20487 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20488 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20489 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20491 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20495 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20496 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20497 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20498 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20499 so it has a way to determine color values.
20501 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20503 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20505 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20506 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20508 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20509 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20510 instead of sending it to the printer.
20512 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20513 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20514 image in a file with that name.
20516 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20518 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20519 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20520 Done using the current ps-print setup.
20521 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
20522 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
20526 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20527 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
20528 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20530 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20532 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
20533 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
20534 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20536 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20538 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
20539 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
20543 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
20544 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20546 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
20547 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20549 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20550 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20552 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
20554 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
20556 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20558 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
20559 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20561 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
20562 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20564 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20565 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20567 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
20569 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
20571 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
20573 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
20574 foreground and background colors respectively.
20576 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
20577 bold - use bold font.
20578 italic - use italic font.
20579 underline - put a line under text.
20580 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
20581 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
20582 shadow - text will have a shadow.
20583 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
20584 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
20586 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
20588 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20592 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
20593 ;;;;;; (17239 32390))
20594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
20596 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
20598 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
20600 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
20602 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
20603 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
20604 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
20605 buffer automatically.
20606 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
20607 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
20608 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
20609 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
20610 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
20611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
20613 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
20615 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
20616 Major mode for editing Python files.
20617 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
20618 parsing of the source.
20619 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
20620 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
20621 commands for running Python under Emacs.
20623 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
20624 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
20625 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
20626 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
20627 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
20628 \\<python-mode-map>
20629 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
20630 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
20631 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
20632 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
20633 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
20634 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
20636 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
20637 effect outside them.
20639 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
20640 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
20641 lines count as headers.
20643 \\{python-mode-map}
20647 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
20648 Major mode for editing Jython files.
20649 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
20650 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
20656 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
20657 ;;;;;; (17148 25151))
20658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
20660 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
20661 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
20662 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
20665 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
20666 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
20668 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
20669 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
20670 them into characters should be done separately.
20672 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
20676 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
20677 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
20678 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
20679 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
20680 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17249 49351))
20681 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
20683 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
20684 Return the title of the current Quail package.
20688 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
20689 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
20690 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
20692 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
20693 `quail-activate', which see.
20695 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
20697 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
20698 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
20699 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
20700 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
20701 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
20702 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
20703 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
20705 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
20706 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
20707 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
20708 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
20709 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
20711 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
20713 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
20714 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
20715 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
20716 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
20717 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
20718 list of candidates.
20720 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
20721 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
20722 command to be called.
20724 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
20725 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
20726 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
20727 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
20729 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
20730 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
20731 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
20732 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
20733 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
20736 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
20737 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
20738 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
20739 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
20741 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
20742 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
20743 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
20744 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
20746 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
20747 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
20748 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
20749 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
20750 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
20751 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
20753 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
20754 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
20755 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
20756 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
20757 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
20758 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
20760 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
20761 covers Quail translation region.
20763 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
20764 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
20765 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
20766 for it) is inserted.
20768 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
20769 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
20770 vs. corresponding command to be called.
20772 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
20773 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
20774 non-Quail commands.
20776 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
20778 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20779 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
20781 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
20782 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
20783 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
20784 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
20785 you type is correctly handled.
20787 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
20789 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20790 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
20792 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
20795 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
20797 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
20798 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
20799 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
20800 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20801 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
20802 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20803 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20804 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20805 for the translation.
20806 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20808 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20809 it is used to handle KEY.
20811 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
20812 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
20813 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
20814 the following annotation types are supported.
20816 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
20817 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
20819 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
20822 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
20823 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
20824 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
20827 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
20828 generated for the following translations.
20830 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
20832 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
20833 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
20835 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20836 which to install MAP.
20838 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
20840 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20842 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
20843 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
20845 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20846 which to install MAP.
20848 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
20850 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20852 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
20853 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
20854 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20855 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
20856 a function, or a cons.
20857 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20858 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20859 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20860 for the translation.
20861 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
20862 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
20863 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
20864 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
20865 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20867 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20868 it is used to handle KEY.
20870 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
20871 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
20872 current Quail package.
20874 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
20875 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20877 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
20879 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
20880 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
20882 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
20883 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20885 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
20887 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
20888 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
20890 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
20892 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
20893 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
20894 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
20895 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
20896 of the Emacs source tree.
20898 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
20899 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
20901 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
20902 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
20905 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
20909 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
20910 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
20911 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17140
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
20915 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
20916 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
20917 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
20918 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20920 To make use of this do something like:
20922 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20924 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20926 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20927 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20929 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20930 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20931 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20933 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20935 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20936 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20938 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20940 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20941 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20943 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20946 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20948 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20949 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20951 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20952 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20953 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20955 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20957 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20958 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20960 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20962 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20963 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20967 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20968 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20970 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20972 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20976 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20977 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20983 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc) "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (17240 44365))
20984 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
20986 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
20989 If any of the the optional SERVER, PORT, NICK or CHANNELS are not
20990 supplied, they are taken from the variables `rcirc-server',
20991 `rcirc-port', `rcirc-nick', and `rcirc-startup-channels',
20994 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK CHANNELS)" t nil)
20996 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21000 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17239
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21004 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21005 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21008 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21012 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21013 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
21014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21016 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21018 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21019 Construct a regexp interactively.
21025 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17239 32234))
21026 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21028 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21029 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21030 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21032 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21034 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21036 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21038 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21039 Toggle recentf mode.
21040 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21041 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21043 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21044 that were operated on recently.
21046 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21052 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21053 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21054 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21055 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17239
21057 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21059 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21060 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21061 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21062 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21064 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21066 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21068 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21069 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21070 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21071 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21074 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21075 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21078 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21080 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21081 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21082 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21084 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21085 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21088 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21090 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21091 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21092 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21094 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21096 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21097 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21099 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21100 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21102 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21105 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21107 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21108 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21112 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21113 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21114 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21115 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21116 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21117 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21118 and point is at the lower right corner.
21120 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21122 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21123 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21125 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21126 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21128 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21129 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21130 on the right side of the rectangle.
21132 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21134 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21136 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21137 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21138 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21139 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21140 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21142 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21143 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21145 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21147 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21148 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21149 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21151 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21153 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21155 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21157 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21158 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21160 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21161 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21162 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21164 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21166 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21167 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21168 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21170 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21171 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21172 rectangle which were empty.
21174 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21178 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17148
21180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21182 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21183 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21184 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21186 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21187 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21188 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21194 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21195 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17205 6264))
21196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21198 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21199 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21203 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21204 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21206 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21207 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21209 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21210 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21211 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21214 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21215 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21216 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21218 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21219 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21220 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21222 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21223 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21225 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21226 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21228 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21229 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21232 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21236 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21237 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21238 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21244 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21245 ;;;;;; (17205 6249))
21246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21248 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21249 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21250 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21251 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21252 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21253 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21255 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21257 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21259 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21260 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21261 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21262 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21263 `reftex-cite-format'.
21265 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21266 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21267 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21268 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21270 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21274 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21275 ;;;;;; (17205 6250))
21276 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21278 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21279 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21280 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21281 the current TeX document.
21283 With no argument, this command toggles
21284 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21285 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21291 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21292 ;;;;;; (17239 32421))
21293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21295 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21296 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21297 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21299 To insert new phrases, use
21300 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21301 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21303 To index phrases use one of:
21305 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21306 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21307 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21308 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21309 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21311 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21312 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21314 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21316 Here are all local bindings.
21318 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21324 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21325 ;;;;;; (17205 6254))
21326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21328 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21329 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21330 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21333 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21337 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21338 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
21339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21341 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21342 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21343 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21344 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21345 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21346 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21348 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21349 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21351 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21354 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21356 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21357 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21358 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21359 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21361 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21365 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17148 25034))
21366 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21368 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21369 Repeat most recently executed command.
21370 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21371 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21372 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21374 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21375 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21376 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21378 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21382 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21383 ;;;;;; (17148 25157))
21384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21386 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21387 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21389 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21390 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21391 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21392 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21393 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21394 and point is left after the salutation.
21396 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21397 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21398 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21399 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21400 left after that text.
21402 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21405 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21406 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21407 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21408 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21410 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21414 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21415 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
21416 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21418 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21419 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21420 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21421 visibility of comments that precede it.
21422 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21423 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21424 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21425 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21426 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21427 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21428 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21429 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21431 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21432 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21433 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21434 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21435 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21438 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21442 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17148
21444 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21446 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21447 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21453 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21454 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
21455 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21457 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21458 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21459 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21461 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21462 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21463 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21467 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21468 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21469 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21471 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21473 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21475 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21477 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21478 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21479 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21481 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21482 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21483 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21489 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
21490 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
21491 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
21492 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
21494 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
21495 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21496 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
21497 If emacs is not running under a window system,
21498 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
21500 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21502 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
21503 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21504 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
21505 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
21506 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
21508 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21510 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
21511 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
21512 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21514 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
21516 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
21518 (put (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21520 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
21521 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
21522 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
21523 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
21524 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
21525 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
21526 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
21528 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21529 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21535 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21536 ;;;;;; (17148 25098))
21537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21539 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21540 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21544 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21545 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21547 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
21551 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17140 20942))
21552 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
21553 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21555 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
21556 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
21557 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
21558 other arguments for `rlogin'.
21560 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
21562 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
21563 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
21564 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
21565 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
21567 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
21568 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
21570 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
21571 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
21573 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
21574 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
21577 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
21578 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
21579 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
21580 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
21581 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
21583 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
21584 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
21585 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
21586 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
21588 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
21589 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
21592 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21596 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
21597 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
21598 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
21599 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
21600 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
21601 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
21602 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17239
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
21606 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
21607 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
21608 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
21610 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
21612 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
21613 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
21614 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
21615 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
21617 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
21619 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
21620 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
21621 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
21622 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
21623 value is the user's email address and name.)
21624 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
21626 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
21627 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
21628 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
21629 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
21630 which normally happens once for each message,
21631 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
21632 To make a change in this variable take effect
21633 for a message that you have already viewed,
21634 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
21636 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21638 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
21639 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
21640 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
21641 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
21643 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
21645 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
21646 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
21648 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21650 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
21651 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
21652 A value of nil means don't highlight.
21653 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
21655 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
21657 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
21658 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
21660 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
21662 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
21663 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
21665 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
21667 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
21668 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
21669 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
21670 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
21671 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
21673 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
21675 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
21676 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
21677 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
21678 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
21680 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
21682 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
21683 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
21685 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
21687 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
21688 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
21690 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
21692 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
21693 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
21695 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
21697 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
21698 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
21700 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
21701 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
21703 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
21704 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
21706 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
21708 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
21709 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
21711 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
21712 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
21713 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
21714 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
21716 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
21717 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
21719 This is set to nil by default.")
21721 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
21722 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
21723 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
21724 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
21725 until a user explicitly requires it.")
21727 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
21729 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21730 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
21731 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21732 It is called with no argument.")
21734 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21735 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21736 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
21737 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21738 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21739 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21740 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21742 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21743 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21744 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21745 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21746 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21747 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21749 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21750 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21751 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21752 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21753 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21755 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21756 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21757 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21758 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21759 MSG is the message number,
21760 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21761 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21763 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
21764 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
21765 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21766 this feature is required with `require'.")
21768 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21769 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21770 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21771 the message is decoded as normal way.
21773 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21774 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21775 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
21777 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
21778 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21779 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21781 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
21782 Read and edit incoming mail.
21783 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21784 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
21785 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
21787 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
21788 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21789 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21790 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21792 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
21794 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21796 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
21797 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
21798 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21799 Instead, these commands are available:
21801 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
21802 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
21803 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21804 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21805 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21806 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21807 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21808 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21809 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
21810 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
21811 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21812 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21813 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21814 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21815 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21816 till a deleted message is found.
21817 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
21818 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21819 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21820 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21821 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21822 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21823 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21824 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21825 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21826 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21827 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21828 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
21829 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21830 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21831 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
21832 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21833 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21834 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21835 (label defaults to last one specified).
21836 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21837 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
21838 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21839 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21840 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21841 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21842 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21843 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21844 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21848 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
21849 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
21851 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21853 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
21854 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21856 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21860 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
21861 ;;;;;; (17148 25160))
21862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
21864 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
21865 Edit the contents of this message.
21871 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
21872 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
21873 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17185 27577))
21874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
21876 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21877 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21878 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21880 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21882 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21883 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21884 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21886 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21888 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21891 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
21893 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21894 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21895 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21896 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21897 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21899 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21901 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21902 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21903 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21904 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21905 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21907 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21911 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
21912 ;;;;;; (17185 27577))
21913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
21915 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
21916 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21917 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21918 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21920 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21924 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
21925 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
21926 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17239 32332))
21927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
21929 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21930 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
21931 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21932 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21933 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21934 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21935 a file name as a string.")
21937 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21939 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21940 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21941 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21942 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21943 buffer visiting that file.
21944 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21945 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21947 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21948 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21950 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21951 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21953 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21954 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21956 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21958 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21959 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21961 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21963 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21964 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21965 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21966 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21967 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
21969 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21970 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21971 will be appended with their original headers.
21973 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21974 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21976 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21977 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21979 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21981 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21983 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21984 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21985 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21987 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21991 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21992 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21993 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17148
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21997 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21998 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21999 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22001 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22003 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22004 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22005 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22007 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22009 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22010 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22011 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22013 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22015 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22016 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22017 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22019 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22021 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22022 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22023 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22025 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22027 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22028 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22029 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22031 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22033 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22034 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22035 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22036 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22038 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22042 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22043 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22044 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22045 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22046 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17239 32333))
22047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22049 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22050 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22052 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22054 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22055 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22057 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22059 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22060 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22064 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22065 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22066 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22068 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22070 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22071 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22072 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22073 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22074 only look in the To and From fields.
22075 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22077 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22079 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22080 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22081 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22082 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22083 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22085 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22087 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22088 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22089 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22090 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22091 look in the whole message.
22092 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22094 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22096 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22097 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22098 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22100 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22102 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22103 *Function to decode summary-line.
22105 By default, `identity' is set.")
22107 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22109 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22110 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22111 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22112 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22113 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22114 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22115 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22117 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22118 sent by you under different user names.
22119 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22121 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22123 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22127 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22128 ;;;;;; (17185 27602))
22129 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22131 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22132 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22133 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22134 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22136 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22140 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22141 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17148 25035))
22142 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22144 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22145 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22147 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22149 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22150 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22152 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22154 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22155 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22157 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22159 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22160 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22161 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22163 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22164 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22167 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22171 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22172 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22178 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22179 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22180 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22181 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22182 ;;;;;; (17148 25181))
22183 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22185 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22186 *This variable is obsolete.")
22188 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22190 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22191 *This variable is obsolete.")
22193 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22195 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22196 *This variable is obsolete.")
22198 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22200 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22201 *This variable is obsolete.")
22203 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22205 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22206 *This variable is obsolete.")
22208 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22210 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22211 *This variable is obsolete.")
22213 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22215 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22216 This function is obsolete.
22218 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22222 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17159
22224 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22226 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22227 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22233 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17148
22235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22237 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22238 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22239 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22240 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22242 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22244 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22245 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22246 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22247 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22249 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22253 matches string STRING literally.
22256 matches character CHAR literally.
22258 `not-newline', `nonl'
22259 matches any character except a newline.
22262 matches any character
22267 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22268 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22269 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22271 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22272 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22273 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22274 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22276 `(not (any SET ...))'
22277 matches any character not in SET ...
22279 `line-start', `bol'
22280 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22281 in the text being matched
22284 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22286 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22287 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22288 string being matched against.
22290 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22291 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22292 string being matched against.
22295 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22296 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22299 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22300 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22303 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22305 `word-start', `bow'
22306 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22310 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22313 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22316 `(not word-boundary)'
22317 `not-word-boundary'
22318 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22321 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22322 matches 0 through 9.
22325 matches ASCII control characters.
22327 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22328 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22331 matches space and tab only.
22334 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22337 `printing', `print'
22338 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22341 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22342 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22343 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22345 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22346 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22347 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22350 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22353 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22355 `lower', `lower-case'
22356 matches anything lower-case.
22358 `upper', `upper-case'
22359 matches anything upper-case.
22361 `punctuation', `punct'
22362 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22363 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22365 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22366 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22369 matches anything that has word syntax.
22372 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22375 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22376 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22377 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22379 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22380 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22383 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22384 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22385 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22386 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22387 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22389 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22390 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22391 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22392 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22393 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22395 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22396 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22398 `(category CATEGORY)'
22399 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22400 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22402 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22403 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22404 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22405 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22409 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22410 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22411 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22412 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22413 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22414 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22415 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22416 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22417 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22418 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22419 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22420 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22421 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22422 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22431 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22435 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22437 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22442 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22443 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22445 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22446 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22447 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22448 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22449 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22451 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22452 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22453 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22454 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22456 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22457 another name for `submatch'.
22459 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22460 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22461 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22462 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22463 regular expression.
22465 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22466 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22467 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22468 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22469 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22471 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22472 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22474 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22475 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22477 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22479 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22482 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22483 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22486 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22487 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22489 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22491 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22494 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22497 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22499 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22500 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22502 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22505 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22508 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22512 matches N occurrences.
22515 matches N or more occurrences.
22517 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22518 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22519 matches N to M occurrences.
22522 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22525 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22528 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22531 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22535 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22537 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22541 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-save savehist-load) "savehist" "savehist.el"
22542 ;;;;;; (17245 9380))
22543 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
22545 (autoload (quote savehist-load) "savehist" "\
22546 Load the minibuffer histories from `savehist-file'.
22547 Unless NO-INSTALL is present and non-nil, the function will also install
22548 `savehist-autosave' in `kill-emacs-hook' and on a timer, ensuring that
22549 history is saved before leaving Emacs.
22551 This function should be normally used from your Emacs init file. Since
22552 it removes your current minibuffer histories, it is unwise to call it at
22555 \(fn &optional NO-INSTALL)" t nil)
22557 (autoload (quote savehist-save) "savehist" "\
22558 Save the values of minibuffer history variables.
22559 Unbound symbols referenced in `savehist-additional-variables' are ignored.
22560 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
22561 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
22563 \(fn &optional AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
22567 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
22568 ;;;;;; (17239 32390))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
22571 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
22572 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
22573 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22575 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
22576 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
22577 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
22578 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
22579 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
22580 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
22581 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
22582 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
22585 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22586 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22587 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22588 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
22589 if that value is non-nil.
22593 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
22594 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
22595 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22598 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22599 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22600 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22601 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
22602 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
22603 that variable's value is a string.
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
22610 ;;;;;; (17148 25151))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
22613 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
22614 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
22615 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
22617 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17185
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
22627 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
22628 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
22629 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
22630 \\{scribe-mode-map}
22632 Interesting variables:
22634 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
22635 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
22637 `scribe-electric-quote'
22638 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
22640 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
22641 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
22642 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
22648 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
22649 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
22650 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
22652 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
22653 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
22654 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22656 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
22658 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
22660 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22662 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
22663 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
22664 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22665 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
22666 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
22668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22672 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
22673 ;;;;;; (17167 2786))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
22676 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
22677 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
22678 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
22679 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
22680 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
22683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22687 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
22688 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
22689 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
22690 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
22691 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
22692 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
22693 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
22694 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
22695 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17239 43866))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
22698 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
22699 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
22701 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
22703 If `parens', they look like:
22704 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
22705 If `angles', they look like:
22706 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
22707 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
22708 derived from the envelope-from address.
22710 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
22711 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
22712 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
22713 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
22715 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
22717 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
22718 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
22719 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
22720 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
22722 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
22723 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
22724 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
22725 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
22727 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
22729 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
22730 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
22731 This is done when the message is initialized,
22732 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
22734 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
22736 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
22737 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
22738 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
22740 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
22742 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
22743 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
22745 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
22747 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
22748 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
22749 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
22750 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
22751 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
22752 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
22753 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
22755 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
22757 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
22758 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
22760 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
22762 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
22763 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
22764 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
22766 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
22768 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
22769 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
22770 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
22771 when you first send mail.")
22773 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
22775 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
22776 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
22777 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
22778 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
22779 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
22781 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
22783 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
22784 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
22785 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
22786 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
22787 This file need not actually exist.")
22789 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
22791 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
22792 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
22793 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
22795 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
22797 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
22798 Alist of mail address aliases,
22799 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
22800 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
22801 can specify a different file name.)
22802 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
22803 alias ALIAS MEANING")
22805 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
22806 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
22807 nil means use indentation.")
22809 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
22811 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
22812 *Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
22813 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
22815 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
22817 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
22818 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
22819 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
22820 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
22821 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
22822 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
22823 in the cited portion of the message.
22825 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
22826 instead of no action.")
22828 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
22830 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
22831 *Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
22832 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
22833 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
22834 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
22836 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
22838 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
22839 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
22840 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
22841 If a string, that string is inserted.
22842 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
22843 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
22844 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
22845 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
22847 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
22849 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
22850 *File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
22852 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
22854 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
22855 *Directory for mail buffers.
22856 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
22857 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
22859 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
22861 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
22862 *A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
22863 It is inserted before you edit the message,
22864 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
22866 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
22868 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
22869 *If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
22870 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
22871 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
22874 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
22876 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
22877 *Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
22878 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
22879 `query' means ask the user each time.
22880 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
22881 The default is `mime'.
22882 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
22883 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
22885 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
22887 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
22888 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
22889 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
22890 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
22891 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
22892 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
22893 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
22894 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
22895 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
22896 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
22897 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
22898 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
22899 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
22900 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
22901 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
22902 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
22903 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
22907 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
22908 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
22910 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
22911 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
22913 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
22915 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
22916 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22917 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
22918 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
22919 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22920 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22922 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
22923 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22924 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
22926 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
22927 User should not set this variable manually,
22928 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
22929 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
22930 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22931 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
22933 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
22934 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
22935 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
22936 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
22938 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
22939 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
22942 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
22944 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
22945 to move to message header fields:
22948 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
22949 when the message is initialized.
22951 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
22952 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
22954 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
22957 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
22958 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
22960 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
22961 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
22962 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
22963 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
22964 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
22965 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
22966 buffer without erasing the contents.
22968 The second through fifth arguments,
22969 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
22970 the initial contents of those header fields.
22971 These arguments should not have final newlines.
22972 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
22973 original message being replied to, or else an action
22974 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
22975 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
22976 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
22977 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
22978 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
22979 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
22981 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
22983 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
22984 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
22986 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22988 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
22989 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
22991 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22995 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
22996 ;;;;;; (17244 48630))
22997 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
22999 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23000 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23001 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23002 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23003 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23004 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23006 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23008 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23010 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23011 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23012 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23014 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23016 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23018 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23020 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23021 Toggle Server mode.
23022 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23023 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23024 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23030 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17239 32237))
23031 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23033 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23034 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23035 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23039 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23040 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23041 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23042 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23048 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23049 ;;;;;; (17185 27753))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23052 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23053 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23055 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23058 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23059 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23060 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23062 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
23063 your `.emacs' file.
23065 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23067 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23068 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23073 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23075 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23076 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23077 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23078 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23079 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23080 which this is based.
23082 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23084 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23085 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23086 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23087 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23089 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23090 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23091 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23093 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23094 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23095 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23096 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23098 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23099 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23100 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23101 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23103 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23105 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23106 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23107 To work around that, do:
23108 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23116 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23117 ;;;;;; (17242 7322))
23118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23120 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23121 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23122 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23123 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23124 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23125 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23127 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23128 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23129 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23130 shell-specific features.
23132 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23133 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23134 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23136 \\[sh-case] case statement
23137 \\[sh-for] for loop
23138 \\[sh-function] function definition
23139 \\[sh-if] if statement
23140 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23141 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23142 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23143 \\[sh-select] select loop
23144 \\[sh-until] until loop
23145 \\[sh-while] while loop
23147 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23148 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23149 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23150 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23151 would indent to the way it currently is.
23152 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23153 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23156 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23157 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23158 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23159 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23160 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23161 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23163 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23165 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23167 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23168 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23169 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23171 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23172 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23176 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23180 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17148 25151))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23183 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23184 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23185 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23186 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23187 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23188 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23190 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23194 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23195 ;;;;;; (17148 25098))
23196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23198 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23199 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23201 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23202 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23203 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23204 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23207 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23209 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23211 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23212 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23213 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23215 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23216 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23218 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23219 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23220 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23221 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23222 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23223 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23224 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23227 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23228 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23229 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23230 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23231 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23233 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23234 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23235 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23241 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23242 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17239
23244 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23246 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23247 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23248 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23249 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23250 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23251 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23256 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23257 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23258 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23259 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23260 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23264 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23265 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23266 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23267 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23268 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23269 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23270 `shadow-define-cluster').
23274 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23275 Set up file shadowing.
23281 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23282 ;;;;;; (17196 30352))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23285 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23286 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23287 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23288 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23289 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23292 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23294 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23295 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23296 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23297 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23298 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23299 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23300 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23301 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23302 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23303 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23304 discards input when it starts up.)
23305 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23306 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23307 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23309 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23310 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23311 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23312 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23313 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23314 `default-process-coding-system'.
23316 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23317 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23318 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23319 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23321 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23323 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23324 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23329 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17205 6100))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23332 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23335 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23337 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23340 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23342 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23345 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23349 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23350 ;;;;;; (17148 25152))
23351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23353 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23354 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23355 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23356 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23357 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23359 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23365 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17140
23367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23369 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23370 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23371 \\{simula-mode-map}
23372 Variables controlling indentation style:
23373 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23374 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23375 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23376 `simula-indent-level'
23377 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23378 `simula-substatement-offset'
23379 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23380 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23381 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23382 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23383 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23384 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23385 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23386 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23387 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23388 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23389 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23390 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23391 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23392 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23393 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23394 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23395 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23396 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23397 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23398 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23399 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23400 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23401 or nil if they should not be changed.
23402 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23403 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23404 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23405 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23407 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23408 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23414 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23415 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17148 25043))
23416 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23418 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23419 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23421 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23422 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23423 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23424 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23426 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23428 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23430 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23431 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23432 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23433 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23434 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23436 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23437 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23439 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23441 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23442 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23444 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23445 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23446 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23447 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23449 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23450 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23451 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23452 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23454 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23455 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23456 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23458 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23459 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23461 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23462 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23464 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23465 _ interesting point, interregion here
23466 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23467 interesting point set by _
23468 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23469 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23470 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23471 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23472 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23473 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23476 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23477 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23479 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23480 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23481 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23482 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23483 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23484 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23485 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23486 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23488 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23489 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23490 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23491 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23492 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23495 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23496 then: insert previously read string once more
23497 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23498 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23499 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23501 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23502 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23504 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23506 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23507 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23509 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23510 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23511 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23512 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23513 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23516 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23517 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23518 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23524 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23525 ;;;;;; (17247 15785))
23526 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23528 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23529 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23530 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23533 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23535 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23536 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23537 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23543 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
23544 ;;;;;; (17148 25152))
23545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
23547 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
23548 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
23549 A list of images is returned.
23551 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23553 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
23554 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
23555 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
23557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23561 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
23562 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17120 44799))
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
23565 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
23570 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
23571 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
23577 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17140 20949))
23578 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
23580 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
23581 Play the Snake game.
23582 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
23584 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
23586 Snake mode keybindings:
23588 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
23589 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
23590 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
23591 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
23592 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
23593 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
23594 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
23600 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
23601 ;;;;;; (17140 20942))
23602 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
23604 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23605 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
23606 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23607 Tab indents for C code.
23608 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23609 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23611 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
23616 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23617 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
23618 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23619 Tab indents for C code.
23620 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23621 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23623 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
23624 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
23630 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
23631 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
23632 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17239 32270))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
23635 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
23636 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
23638 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
23639 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
23640 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
23642 For example, the form
23644 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
23645 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
23647 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
23649 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
23651 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
23652 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23654 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23655 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
23656 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
23659 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23661 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
23663 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
23664 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23666 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23667 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
23668 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
23671 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23673 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
23675 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
23676 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
23677 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
23680 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23682 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
23684 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
23685 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
23686 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
23688 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
23689 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
23691 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
23693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23695 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
23696 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
23697 Requires floating point.
23703 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17140
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
23707 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
23710 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
23711 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
23712 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
23713 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
23714 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
23715 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
23716 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
23717 check after each move or undo)
23721 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
23722 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
23723 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
23742 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
23743 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
23744 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
23745 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
23747 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
23748 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
23749 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
23752 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
23753 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
23755 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
23771 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
23773 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
23779 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
23780 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
23781 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17148 25043))
23782 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
23784 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
23785 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
23787 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
23788 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
23789 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
23790 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
23793 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
23794 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
23795 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23798 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
23799 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
23801 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
23802 It moves point to the start of the next record.
23803 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
23804 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
23807 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
23808 It should move point to the end of the record.
23810 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
23811 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
23812 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
23813 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
23814 starts at the beginning of the record.
23816 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
23817 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
23820 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
23821 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
23823 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
23825 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
23826 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23827 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23828 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23829 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23832 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23834 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
23835 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23836 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23837 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23838 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23841 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23843 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
23844 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23845 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23846 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23847 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23850 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23852 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
23853 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
23854 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23855 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
23856 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
23857 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
23858 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23859 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23860 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23862 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23864 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
23865 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
23866 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23867 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23868 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23869 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23870 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23873 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23875 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
23876 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
23877 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
23878 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
23879 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
23880 is to be used for sorting.
23881 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
23882 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
23883 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
23884 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
23885 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
23887 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
23889 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23892 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
23893 starting with the letter \"f\",
23894 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
23896 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
23898 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
23899 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
23900 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
23901 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
23902 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
23903 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
23904 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23907 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
23908 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
23909 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
23910 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
23911 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
23913 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
23915 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
23916 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
23917 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
23919 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23923 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17148
23925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
23927 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
23928 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
23934 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
23935 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
23936 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17239 32320))
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
23939 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
23940 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
23942 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
23943 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
23944 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
23946 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
23948 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
23949 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
23950 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
23953 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23955 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
23956 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
23957 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
23959 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23961 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
23962 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
23963 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
23964 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
23969 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
23970 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
23971 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
23972 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
23978 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
23979 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17239 32244))
23980 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
23982 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
23984 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
23985 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
23986 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
23987 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
23988 supported at a time.
23989 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
23990 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
23992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23994 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
23995 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
23996 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
23997 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24003 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24004 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17148 25223))
24005 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24007 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24009 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24010 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24011 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24012 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24013 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24014 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24018 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24019 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24020 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24021 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24025 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24026 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24027 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24028 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24029 for example, \"word\".
24031 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24033 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24034 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24036 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24040 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17140
24042 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24044 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24045 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24049 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24050 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24056 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24057 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24058 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24059 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17185
24061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24063 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24064 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24066 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24067 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24068 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24069 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24070 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24071 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24072 of the current highlighting list.
24076 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24077 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24079 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24080 `_t' as data types.
24082 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24084 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24085 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24087 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24088 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24090 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24092 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24093 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24094 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24096 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24098 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24099 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24100 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24101 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24102 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24103 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24105 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24106 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24108 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24110 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24111 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24112 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24113 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24115 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24116 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24117 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24118 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24120 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24121 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24122 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24126 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24127 Major mode to edit SQL.
24129 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24130 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24131 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24134 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24136 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24137 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24138 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24139 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24140 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24141 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24143 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24144 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24146 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24147 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24148 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24150 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24152 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24156 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24157 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24159 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24160 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24163 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24165 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24167 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24168 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24170 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24171 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24174 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24175 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24176 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24177 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24179 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24180 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24182 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24183 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24184 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24185 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24186 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24187 `default-process-coding-system'.
24189 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24193 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24194 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24196 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24197 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24200 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24201 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24202 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24203 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24205 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24206 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24208 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24209 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24210 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24211 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24212 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24213 `default-process-coding-system'.
24215 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24219 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24220 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24222 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24223 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24226 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24227 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24229 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24230 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24232 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24233 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24234 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24235 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24236 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24237 `default-process-coding-system'.
24239 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24243 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24244 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24246 SQLite is free software.
24248 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24249 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24252 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24253 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24254 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24255 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24257 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24258 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24260 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24261 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24262 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24263 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24264 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24265 `default-process-coding-system'.
24267 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24271 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24272 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24274 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24276 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24277 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24280 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24281 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24282 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24283 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24285 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24286 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24288 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24289 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24290 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24291 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24292 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24293 `default-process-coding-system'.
24295 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24299 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24300 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24302 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24303 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24306 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24307 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24310 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24311 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24313 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24314 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24315 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24316 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24317 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24318 `default-process-coding-system'.
24320 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24324 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24325 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24327 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24328 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24331 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24332 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24334 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24335 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24337 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24338 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24339 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24340 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24341 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24342 `default-process-coding-system'.
24344 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24348 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24349 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24351 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24352 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24355 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24356 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24357 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24358 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24360 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24361 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24363 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24364 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24365 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24366 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24367 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24368 `default-process-coding-system'.
24370 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24374 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24375 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24377 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24378 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24381 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24382 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24383 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24384 `sql-postgres-options'.
24386 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24387 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24389 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24390 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24391 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24392 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24393 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24394 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24395 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24396 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24398 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24399 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24401 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24405 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24406 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24408 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24409 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24412 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24413 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24416 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24417 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24419 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24420 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24421 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24422 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24423 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24424 `default-process-coding-system'.
24426 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24430 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24431 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24433 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24434 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24437 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24440 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24441 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24443 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24444 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24445 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24446 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24448 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24449 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24450 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24451 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24452 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24453 `default-process-coding-system'.
24455 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24459 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24460 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24462 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24463 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24466 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24467 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24468 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24469 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24472 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24473 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24474 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24475 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24478 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24479 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24481 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24487 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24488 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24489 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24490 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24491 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17205
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24495 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24496 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24497 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24498 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24499 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24500 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24502 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24504 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24506 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24507 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24508 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24509 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24510 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24511 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24512 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24514 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24516 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24517 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24518 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24519 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24520 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24521 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24522 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24524 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24526 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24527 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24528 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24530 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24532 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24533 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24534 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24536 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24538 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24539 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24541 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
24543 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
24544 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
24548 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
24549 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
24553 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
24554 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
24555 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
24556 chronologically by command name.
24557 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
24559 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
24561 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
24562 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
24563 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24565 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
24567 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
24569 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
24571 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
24572 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
24573 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
24574 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
24575 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
24576 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
24577 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
24579 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
24580 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
24581 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
24582 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
24584 \\{strokes-mode-map}
24586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24588 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
24589 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
24590 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
24591 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
24593 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
24595 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24596 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
24602 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
24603 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
24604 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
24606 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
24607 Studlify-case the region.
24609 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
24611 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
24612 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
24614 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
24616 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
24617 Studlify-case the current buffer.
24623 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17250 21630))
24624 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
24626 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
24627 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
24628 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
24629 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
24630 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
24631 to the specified name LIBRARY.
24633 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
24634 is used instead of `load-path'.
24636 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
24637 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
24638 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
24640 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
24644 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
24645 ;;;;;; (17239 32335))
24646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
24648 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
24649 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
24650 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
24651 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
24652 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
24653 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
24654 original message but it does require a few things:
24656 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
24658 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
24661 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
24662 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
24665 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
24667 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
24669 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
24670 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
24671 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
24677 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (17242
24679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
24681 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
24682 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
24683 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
24684 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
24685 Point is at POS when this function returns.
24687 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
24691 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17148 25050))
24692 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
24694 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
24695 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
24696 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24697 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24698 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24700 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24702 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
24703 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
24704 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
24705 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
24706 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24707 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24708 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24710 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24714 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
24715 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
24716 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
24717 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
24718 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
24719 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
24720 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
24721 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
24722 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
24723 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
24724 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
24725 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
24726 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17159 1496))
24727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
24729 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
24730 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
24731 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
24733 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
24735 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
24736 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
24738 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
24740 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
24741 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
24743 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
24745 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
24746 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
24748 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
24750 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
24751 Insert an editable text table.
24752 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
24753 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
24754 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
24755 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
24756 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
24757 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
24762 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
24764 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
24769 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
24770 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
24771 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
24772 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
24775 +-----+-----+-----+
24777 +-----+-----+-----+
24779 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
24781 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
24782 width, which results as
24784 +--------------+-----+-----+
24786 +--------------+-----+-----+
24788 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
24789 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
24791 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24793 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24795 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
24796 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
24797 width information to `table-insert'.
24799 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
24805 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
24808 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
24809 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
24811 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24814 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24816 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
24818 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24821 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24824 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24826 Move the point under the table as shown below.
24828 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24831 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24834 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24837 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
24838 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
24839 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
24841 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24844 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24847 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24850 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24852 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
24855 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24858 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24859 | | |Text editing inside the table |
24860 | | |cell produces reasonably |
24861 | | |expected results.-!- |
24862 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24865 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24867 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
24871 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
24873 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
24874 Insert N table row(s).
24875 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
24876 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
24877 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
24878 are appended at the bottom of the table.
24882 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
24883 Insert N table column(s).
24884 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
24885 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
24886 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
24887 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
24891 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
24892 Insert row(s) or column(s).
24893 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
24895 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
24897 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
24898 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
24899 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
24900 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
24901 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
24902 all the table specific features.
24904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24906 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
24911 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
24912 Recognize all tables within region.
24913 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
24914 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
24915 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
24918 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
24920 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
24923 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24925 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
24926 Recognize a table at point.
24927 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
24928 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
24929 the table specific features.
24931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24933 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
24938 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
24939 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
24940 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
24941 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
24942 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
24943 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
24944 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
24946 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
24948 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
24953 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
24954 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
24955 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
24956 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
24957 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
24958 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
24961 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24963 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
24964 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
24965 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
24966 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
24967 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
24968 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
24969 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
24974 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
24975 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
24976 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
24977 table's rectangle structure.
24979 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24981 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
24982 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
24983 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
24984 table's rectangle structure.
24988 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
24989 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
24990 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24991 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
24992 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
24994 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
24996 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
24997 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
24998 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25000 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25001 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25002 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25003 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25004 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25005 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25006 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25008 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25009 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25010 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25011 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25012 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25013 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25014 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25016 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25017 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25018 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25019 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25020 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25021 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25022 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25023 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25025 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25027 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25028 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25029 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25030 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25034 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25035 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25036 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25038 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25040 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25041 Split current cell vertically.
25042 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25046 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25047 Split current cell horizontally.
25048 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25052 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25053 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25054 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25056 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25058 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25059 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25060 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25061 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25063 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25065 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25066 Justify cell contents.
25067 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25068 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25069 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25070 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25072 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25074 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25075 Justify cells of a row.
25076 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25077 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25079 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25081 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25082 Justify cells of a column.
25083 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25084 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25086 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25088 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25089 Toggle fixing width mode.
25090 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25091 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25092 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25096 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25097 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25098 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25099 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25100 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25101 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25102 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25103 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25104 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25105 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25106 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25108 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25110 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25111 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25112 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25113 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25114 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25115 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25116 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25117 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25118 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25119 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25120 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25121 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25124 References used for this implementation:
25130 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25132 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25133 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25134 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25136 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25138 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25139 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25140 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25141 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25142 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25143 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25144 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25145 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25146 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25147 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25148 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25149 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25150 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25151 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25152 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25153 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25154 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25159 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25160 (table-forward-cell 15)
25161 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25162 (table-forward-cell 16)
25163 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25164 (table-forward-cell 1)
25165 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25168 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25169 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25170 (table-forward-cell 1)
25171 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25173 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25175 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25176 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25177 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25178 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25179 consists from cells of same height.
25183 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25184 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25185 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25186 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25187 column must consists from cells of same width.
25191 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25192 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25193 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25194 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25195 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25196 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25197 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25198 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25199 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25200 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25201 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25202 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25203 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25204 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25205 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25214 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25215 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25216 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25219 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25221 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25223 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25225 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25229 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25230 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25231 of each row is optional.
25236 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25237 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25238 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25239 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25240 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25242 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25243 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25245 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25246 expression and raw delimiter regular
25247 expression, it parses the specified text
25248 area and extracts cell items from
25249 non-table text and then forms a table out
25252 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25253 creates a single cell table. The text in
25254 the specified region is placed in that
25257 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25260 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25261 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25262 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25264 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25265 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25266 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25267 | area and extracts cell items from |
25268 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25271 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25272 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25273 | the specified region is placed in that |
25275 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25277 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25278 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25281 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25282 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25283 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25284 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25285 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25286 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25287 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25288 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25289 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25291 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25292 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25293 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25294 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25296 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25298 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25299 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25300 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25302 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25304 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25305 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25306 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25307 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25308 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17148 25050))
25315 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25317 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25318 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25320 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25324 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17242 7312))
25325 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25327 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25328 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25329 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25330 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25331 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25332 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25333 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25335 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25336 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
25337 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25338 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25340 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25347 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25348 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17102 19053))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25351 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25352 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25353 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25354 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25355 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25356 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25358 Variables controlling indentation style:
25360 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25361 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25362 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25364 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25365 documentation for details):
25366 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25367 Controls action of TAB key.
25369 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25370 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25371 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25372 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25373 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25375 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25376 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25384 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25385 Run inferior Tcl process.
25386 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25387 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25391 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25392 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25393 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25395 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25399 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17140 20942))
25400 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25401 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25403 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25404 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25405 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25406 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25408 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25409 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25410 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25411 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25412 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25414 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25415 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25417 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25418 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25419 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25420 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25426 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17248
25428 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25430 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25431 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25432 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25433 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25434 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25435 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25437 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25439 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25440 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25441 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25442 commands to use in that buffer.
25444 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25446 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25448 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25449 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25451 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25455 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17239
25457 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25459 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25460 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25461 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25462 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25463 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25464 program as keyboard input.
25466 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25467 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25468 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25469 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25471 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25472 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25473 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25474 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25475 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25477 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25479 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25480 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25481 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25482 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25484 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25485 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25486 subprocess started.
25488 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25492 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25493 ;;;;;; (17159 1472))
25494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25496 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25497 Start coverage on function under point.
25503 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17140 20949))
25504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25506 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25507 Play the Tetris game.
25508 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25509 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25510 as to form complete rows.
25512 tetris-mode keybindings:
25513 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25514 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25515 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25516 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25517 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
25518 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
25519 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
25520 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
25521 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25527 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25528 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25529 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25530 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25531 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25532 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25533 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25534 ;;;;;; (17239 32423))
25535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
25537 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
25538 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
25540 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
25542 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
25543 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
25544 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
25545 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
25546 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
25548 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
25550 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
25551 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
25552 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
25553 if it matches the first line of the file,
25554 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
25556 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
25558 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
25559 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
25560 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
25561 if the variable is non-nil.")
25563 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
25565 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
25566 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
25568 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
25570 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
25571 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
25572 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25573 See the documentation of that variable.")
25575 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25577 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
25578 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
25579 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25580 See the documentation of that variable.")
25582 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25584 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
25585 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
25586 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25587 See the documentation of that variable.")
25589 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25591 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
25592 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
25593 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
25594 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
25595 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25597 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
25599 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
25600 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
25601 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
25602 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25604 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
25606 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
25607 *User defined LaTeX block names.
25608 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
25610 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
25612 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
25613 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
25614 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25615 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25617 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
25619 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25620 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25621 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25622 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25624 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25626 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25627 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
25628 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25629 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
25631 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
25632 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
25635 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25636 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
25638 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
25641 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25643 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
25644 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
25645 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
25646 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25647 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
25649 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
25651 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
25653 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
25654 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
25655 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
25657 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
25659 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25660 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
25661 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
25662 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
25663 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
25665 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
25667 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
25668 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25670 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
25672 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
25673 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25675 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
25677 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25678 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
25679 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
25680 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
25681 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
25682 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
25683 says which mode to use.
25687 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
25689 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
25691 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
25693 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25694 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
25695 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25696 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25697 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25699 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
25700 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
25701 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25702 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25703 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25704 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25705 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25707 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25708 mismatched $'s or braces.
25711 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
25715 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25717 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
25718 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25719 tex-dvi-print-command
25720 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25721 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25722 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25723 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25724 tex-dvi-view-command
25725 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25726 tex-show-queue-command
25727 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25728 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25730 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25731 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
25732 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25736 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25737 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
25738 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25739 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25740 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25742 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25743 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25744 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25745 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25746 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25747 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25748 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25750 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25751 mismatched $'s or braces.
25758 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25760 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
25761 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25762 tex-dvi-print-command
25763 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25764 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25765 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25766 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25767 tex-dvi-view-command
25768 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25769 tex-show-queue-command
25770 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25771 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25773 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
25774 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
25775 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25779 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25780 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
25781 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25782 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25783 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25785 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25786 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25787 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25788 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25789 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25790 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25791 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25793 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25794 mismatched $'s or braces.
25797 \\{slitex-mode-map}
25801 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25803 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
25804 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25805 tex-dvi-print-command
25806 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25807 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25808 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25809 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25810 tex-dvi-view-command
25811 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25812 tex-show-queue-command
25813 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25814 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25816 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25817 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
25818 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
25819 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25823 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
25828 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25829 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
25835 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25836 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17148 25229))
25837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
25839 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
25840 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
25841 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25842 name specified in the @setfilename command.
25844 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
25845 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
25846 Info-split to do these manually.
25848 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25850 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
25851 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
25852 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
25853 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
25854 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
25856 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
25858 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
25859 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
25860 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25861 names specified in the @setfilename command.
25863 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
25864 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
25865 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
25866 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
25868 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
25869 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
25871 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25875 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
25876 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17246 24773))
25877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
25879 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
25880 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25882 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
25884 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
25885 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25887 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
25889 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
25890 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
25892 It has these extra commands:
25893 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
25895 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
25896 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
25897 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
25898 modified version of TeX input format.
25900 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
25901 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
25902 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
25903 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
25905 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
25906 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
25907 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
25908 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
25909 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
25910 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
25911 in the Texinfo file.
25913 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
25914 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
25915 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
25916 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
25917 move forward past the closing brace.
25919 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
25920 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
25922 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
25923 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
25924 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
25926 Here are the functions:
25928 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
25929 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
25930 texinfo-sequential-node-update
25932 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
25933 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
25934 texinfo-master-menu
25936 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
25938 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
25939 which menu descriptions are indented.
25941 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
25942 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
25945 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
25946 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
25947 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
25948 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
25950 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
25951 be the first node in the file.
25953 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
25954 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
25960 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
25961 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
25962 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25963 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
25964 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
25966 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
25967 Compose Thai characters in the region.
25968 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25969 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
25971 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25973 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
25974 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
25976 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
25978 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
25979 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
25983 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
25986 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25988 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
25989 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
25990 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
25991 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
25994 The return value is number of composed characters.
25996 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25998 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
25999 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26005 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26006 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26007 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17148 25056))
26008 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26010 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26011 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
26013 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26015 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26016 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26017 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26018 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26019 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26021 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26022 a symbol as a valid THING.
26024 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26025 of the textual entity that was found.
26027 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26029 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26030 Return the THING at point.
26031 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26032 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26033 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26035 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26036 a symbol as a valid THING.
26038 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26040 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26045 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26050 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26055 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26062 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
26063 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26064 ;;;;;; (17245 51608))
26065 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26067 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26068 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26072 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26073 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26074 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26075 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26077 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26079 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26080 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
26084 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
26085 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26089 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
26091 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26092 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26098 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26099 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26100 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26101 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26102 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26103 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17102 18781))
26104 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26106 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26107 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26108 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26112 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26113 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26115 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26117 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26118 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26119 The returned string has no composition information.
26121 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26123 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26124 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26126 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26128 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26129 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26131 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26133 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26134 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26135 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26136 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26138 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26140 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26141 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26142 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26143 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26145 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26147 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26150 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26152 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26153 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26154 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26158 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26159 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26160 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26164 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26167 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26169 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26172 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26174 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26177 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26181 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26182 ;;;;;; (17205 6265))
26183 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26185 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26186 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26187 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26188 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26190 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26192 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26194 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26195 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26196 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26197 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26199 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26205 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26206 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17148 25057))
26207 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26209 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26210 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26212 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26214 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26215 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26216 This display updates automatically every minute.
26217 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26218 are displayed as well.
26219 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26223 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26224 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26225 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26227 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26229 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26231 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26233 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26234 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26235 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26237 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26238 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26239 are displayed as well.
26240 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26246 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26247 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26248 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26249 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17239
26251 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26253 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26254 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26256 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26258 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26259 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26260 You can use `float-time' instead.
26262 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26264 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26265 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26267 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26269 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26270 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26272 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26274 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26275 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26277 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26279 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26280 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26281 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26283 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26285 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26287 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26288 Subtract two time values.
26289 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26291 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26293 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26294 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26296 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26298 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26299 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26300 DATE should be a date-time string.
26302 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26304 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26305 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26306 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26308 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26310 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26311 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26313 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26315 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26316 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26318 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26320 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26321 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26322 TIME should be a time value.
26323 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26325 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26327 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26328 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26329 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26331 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26335 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26336 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17194 38185))
26337 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26339 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26340 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26341 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26342 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26343 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26344 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26345 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26346 look like one of the following:
26349 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26350 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26351 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26352 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26353 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26354 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26355 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26360 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26361 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26362 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26368 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26369 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26370 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26371 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26372 ;;;;;; (17239 32271))
26373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26375 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26376 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26377 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26378 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26379 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26380 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26381 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26382 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26383 display (non-nil means on).
26385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26387 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26388 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26389 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26390 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26391 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26392 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26393 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26394 this function is called within a day.
26396 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26397 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26398 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26399 discover the name of the project.
26401 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26403 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26404 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26405 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26406 begun during the last time segment.
26408 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26409 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26410 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26411 discover the reason.
26413 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26415 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26416 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26417 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26418 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26419 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26421 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26423 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26424 Change to working on a different project.
26425 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26426 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26427 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26430 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26432 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26433 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26434 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26438 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26439 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26440 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26444 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26445 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26446 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26447 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26448 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26449 \"relative to today\".
26451 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26453 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26454 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26455 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26456 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26458 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26460 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26461 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26462 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26463 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26464 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26465 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26467 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26471 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26472 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17148 25099))
26474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26476 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26478 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26479 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26481 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26483 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26484 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26486 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26488 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26489 Perform an action at time TIME.
26490 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26491 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26492 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26493 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26494 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26495 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26497 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26499 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26501 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26502 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26503 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26504 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26505 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26507 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26509 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26511 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26512 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26513 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26514 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26516 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26518 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
26519 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
26520 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26521 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
26523 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
26524 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26526 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26528 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26529 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26531 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26532 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26533 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
26534 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
26535 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
26536 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
26539 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26543 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
26544 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17102 18762))
26545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
26547 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26548 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
26549 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
26550 the generated Quail package is saved.
26552 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
26554 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26555 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
26556 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
26557 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
26558 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
26559 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
26560 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
26562 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
26566 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
26567 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17102
26569 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
26571 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
26574 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26576 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
26579 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26581 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
26582 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
26583 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
26586 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26590 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
26591 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17148 25058))
26592 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
26593 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
26594 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
26595 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
26597 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
26598 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26599 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26600 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
26601 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
26603 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
26605 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
26606 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26607 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
26608 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
26609 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26611 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26613 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
26614 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
26615 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
26616 in the menu in two ways:
26617 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
26618 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
26619 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
26621 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
26622 keymap or an alist of alists.
26623 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
26624 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
26626 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
26630 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
26631 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
26632 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17102 18477))
26633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
26635 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
26636 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
26640 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
26641 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
26643 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
26645 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
26646 Insert new TODO list entry.
26647 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
26652 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
26653 List top priorities for each category.
26655 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
26656 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
26658 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
26659 between each category.
26661 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26663 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
26664 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
26665 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
26666 between each category.
26668 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
26670 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26672 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
26673 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
26679 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
26680 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
26684 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
26691 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
26692 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
26693 ;;;;;; (17250 21105))
26694 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
26696 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
26698 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
26699 Add an item to the tool bar.
26700 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26701 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26702 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26703 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26705 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26706 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26707 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26708 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26710 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26711 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26713 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26715 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
26716 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
26717 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26718 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26719 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26720 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26722 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26723 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26724 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26725 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26727 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26729 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26730 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26731 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
26732 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26733 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26734 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26735 properties to add to the binding.
26737 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26739 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26740 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26742 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26744 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26745 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26746 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
26747 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26748 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26749 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26750 properties to add to the binding.
26752 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26754 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26758 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
26759 ;;;;;; (17140 20923))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
26762 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
26763 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
26764 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26766 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
26768 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
26770 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26772 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
26775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26777 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
26779 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
26780 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
26786 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
26787 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17140 20923))
26788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
26790 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
26791 Set scroll margins.
26793 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
26795 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
26796 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
26800 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
26801 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
26807 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17148 25099))
26808 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
26810 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
26811 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
26812 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
26813 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
26814 to a tcp server on another machine.
26816 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
26820 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
26821 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17148 25100))
26822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
26824 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
26825 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
26827 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
26829 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
26830 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
26831 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26832 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26833 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26834 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
26835 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
26836 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
26838 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26840 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
26841 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
26842 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26843 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26844 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26845 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
26846 the window or buffer configuration at all.
26848 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26852 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
26853 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
26854 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17250 21105))
26855 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
26857 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
26858 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
26859 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
26861 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
26862 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26863 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26864 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26866 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
26867 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26868 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26869 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26871 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26872 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
26873 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
26874 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
26875 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
26876 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
26877 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
26878 files which are not really tramp files.
26880 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26881 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26882 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26883 updated after changing this variable.
26885 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26887 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26889 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
26890 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26891 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26892 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26894 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
26895 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26896 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26897 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26899 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26900 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
26901 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
26903 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26904 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26905 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26906 updated after changing this variable.
26908 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26910 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26912 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26913 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
26914 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26916 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26918 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26919 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
26920 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26922 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26924 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
26926 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
26930 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
26931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17148 25231))
26932 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
26933 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
26934 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
26935 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
26937 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
26938 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
26939 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
26940 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
26941 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
26942 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
26943 first and the associated buffer to its right.
26945 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26947 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
26948 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
26949 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
26950 accepting the proposed default buffer.
26952 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26956 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
26957 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
26958 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
26959 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
26960 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
26961 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
26962 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
26964 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
26965 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
26967 First column's text sSs Second column's text
26970 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
26972 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26978 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
26979 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
26980 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
26981 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
26982 ;;;;;; (17148 25059))
26983 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
26985 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
26986 Toggle typing break mode.
26987 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
26988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26989 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
26991 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
26993 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
26994 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
26996 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
26998 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
26999 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27001 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27002 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27003 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27005 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27006 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27008 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27010 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27011 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27013 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27014 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27015 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27016 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27018 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27020 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27021 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27022 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27024 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27025 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27026 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27027 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27028 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27029 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27031 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27032 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27033 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27034 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27036 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27037 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27039 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27040 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27042 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27044 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27045 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27046 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27048 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27049 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27050 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27051 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27052 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27053 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27054 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27056 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27057 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27059 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27060 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27061 reset the keystroke counter.
27063 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27064 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27065 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27066 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27068 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27069 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27070 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27071 `type-break-schedule' command.
27073 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27074 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27075 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27076 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27077 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27078 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27079 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27080 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27081 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27083 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27084 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27085 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27086 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27087 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27089 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27090 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27091 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27092 approximate good values for this.
27094 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27095 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27097 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27098 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27099 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27100 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27101 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27102 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27104 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27105 a typing break occur. They include:
27107 `type-break-query-mode'
27108 `type-break-query-function'
27109 `type-break-query-interval'
27111 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27113 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27114 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27115 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27118 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27120 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
27121 Take a typing break.
27123 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27124 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27126 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27127 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27131 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
27132 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27133 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27134 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27138 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
27139 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
27141 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
27142 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
27143 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
27144 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
27145 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
27146 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
27147 average typing speed.)
27149 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
27150 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
27151 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
27152 the computed maximum threshold.
27154 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27155 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27156 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27157 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27158 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27160 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27164 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27165 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17148 25231))
27166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27168 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27169 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27170 Works by overstriking underscores.
27171 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27172 which specify the range to operate on.
27174 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27176 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27177 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27178 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27179 which specify the range to operate on.
27181 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27185 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27186 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17148 25163))
27187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27189 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27190 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27191 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27195 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27196 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27197 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27198 following the containing message.
27204 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27205 ;;;;;; (17148 25163))
27206 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27208 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27209 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27210 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27211 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27212 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27213 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27217 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27218 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27220 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17148
27226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27228 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27229 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27230 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27231 of symbols with local bindings.
27233 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (17239 32426))
27238 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27240 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
27244 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27245 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17141 252))
27246 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27248 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27249 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27250 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27252 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27253 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27254 `url-generic-parse-url'
27255 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27256 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27257 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27259 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27260 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27261 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27262 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27263 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27264 what type of auth to use
27265 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27266 if one cannot be found in the cache
27268 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27270 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27271 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27273 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27274 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27275 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27276 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27277 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27278 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27279 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27280 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27282 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27286 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27287 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17141
27289 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27291 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27292 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27294 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27296 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27297 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27299 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27301 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27302 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27304 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27306 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27307 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27309 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27313 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17141 252))
27314 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
27316 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
27319 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27323 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
27324 ;;;;;; url-cookie-generate-header-lines url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file
27325 ;;;;;; url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (17141
27327 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
27329 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
27332 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27334 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
27337 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27339 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
27340 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and LOCALPART.
27342 \(fn HOST LOCALPART &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
27344 (autoload (quote url-cookie-generate-header-lines) "url-cookie" "\
27347 \(fn HOST LOCALPART SECURE)" nil nil)
27349 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
27352 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27354 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
27355 Reset the cookie saver timer.
27361 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
27362 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17141 254))
27363 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
27365 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
27368 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27370 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
27373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27377 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17239
27379 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
27381 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
27382 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
27384 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27388 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
27389 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17141 258))
27390 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
27392 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
27393 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
27397 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
27398 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
27399 Args per `open-network-stream'.
27400 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
27402 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27406 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27407 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17239
27409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27411 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
27412 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
27413 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27415 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
27417 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
27419 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27421 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
27422 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
27424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27426 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
27427 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
27428 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
27429 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
27430 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
27431 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
27432 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
27433 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
27434 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
27436 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
27438 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
27439 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
27440 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
27443 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
27445 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
27448 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
27452 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
27453 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
27454 ;;;;;; (17141 258))
27455 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
27457 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
27458 Reset the history list timer.
27462 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
27463 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
27465 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27467 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
27468 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
27469 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
27470 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
27471 user for what type to save as.
27473 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
27477 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27478 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17239 43869))
27479 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27481 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27482 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27483 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27484 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27485 CBARGS as the arguments.
27487 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27489 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27492 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27494 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27496 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27499 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27501 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27502 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27503 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27505 Property list members:
27508 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
27512 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
27516 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
27519 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
27522 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
27523 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
27524 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
27527 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27531 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17141 259))
27532 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
27534 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
27537 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27541 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17141
27543 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
27545 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
27546 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
27547 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
27548 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
27549 `url-generic-parse-url'.
27551 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27555 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
27556 ;;;;;; (17195 54695))
27557 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
27559 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
27562 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27564 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
27565 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
27567 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27571 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
27572 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17141 260))
27573 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
27575 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
27576 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
27578 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27580 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
27581 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
27583 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27585 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
27588 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27590 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27592 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27594 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27596 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
27597 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
27599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27603 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
27604 ;;;;;; (17167 2802))
27605 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
27607 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
27610 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27612 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
27615 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27619 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
27620 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
27621 ;;;;;; (17141 260))
27622 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
27624 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
27627 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27629 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
27632 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
27634 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
27637 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27639 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
27642 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27644 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
27647 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
27649 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
27652 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
27654 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
27657 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
27661 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
27662 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17141 260))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
27665 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
27666 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
27668 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
27670 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
27671 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
27673 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
27675 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27679 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
27680 ;;;;;; (17141 263))
27681 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
27683 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
27690 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
27691 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
27692 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
27693 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
27694 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
27695 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
27696 ;;;;;; (17185 27762))
27697 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
27699 (defvar url-debug nil "\
27700 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
27701 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
27703 If t, all messages will be logged.
27704 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
27705 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
27707 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
27709 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
27712 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27714 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
27717 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27719 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
27720 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
27721 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
27722 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
27723 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
27729 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27731 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
27732 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
27733 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
27735 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27737 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
27738 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
27739 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
27741 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27743 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
27744 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
27746 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
27748 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
27749 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
27753 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
27754 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
27758 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
27763 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
27766 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27768 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
27771 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
27773 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
27774 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
27776 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
27778 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
27781 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27783 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
27784 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
27785 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
27786 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
27787 forbidden in URL encoding.
27789 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27791 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
27792 Escape characters in a string.
27794 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27796 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
27797 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
27798 If optional variable X is t,
27799 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
27801 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
27803 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
27804 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
27805 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
27807 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
27809 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
27810 View the current document's URL.
27811 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
27814 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
27816 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
27820 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27821 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17148 25059))
27822 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
27824 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
27825 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
27826 This function has a choice of three things to do:
27827 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
27828 to refrain from editing the file
27829 return t (grab the lock on the file)
27830 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
27831 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
27832 in any way you like.
27834 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
27836 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
27837 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
27838 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
27839 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
27840 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
27842 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
27843 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
27849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17245 4870))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
27851 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
27855 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
27856 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
27857 ;;;;;; (17148 25154))
27858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
27860 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
27861 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
27862 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
27863 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
27865 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27867 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
27868 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
27869 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27871 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27873 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
27874 Uudecode region between START and END.
27875 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27877 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
27881 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
27882 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
27883 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
27884 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
27885 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
27886 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
27887 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17245 51609))
27888 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
27890 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
27891 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
27894 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
27896 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
27897 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
27898 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
27900 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
27902 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
27903 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
27906 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
27908 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
27909 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
27911 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27913 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
27914 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
27916 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27918 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
27919 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
27920 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
27921 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
27922 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
27923 somebody else, signal error.
27925 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27927 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
27928 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
27929 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
27930 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
27931 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
27933 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27935 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
27936 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
27937 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
27938 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
27939 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
27940 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
27941 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
27942 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
27943 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
27944 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
27945 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
27947 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
27949 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
27950 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
27952 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
27953 it will operate on the file in the current line.
27955 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
27956 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
27957 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
27958 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
27959 lock steals will raise an error.
27961 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
27963 For RCS and SCCS files:
27964 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27966 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
27967 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
27968 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
27969 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
27970 it performs a revert.
27971 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
27972 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
27973 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
27974 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
27975 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
27976 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
27977 the option to steal the lock.
27980 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27981 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
27982 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
27983 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
27984 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
27985 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
27986 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
27987 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
27988 merge in the changes into your working copy.
27990 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
27992 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
27993 Register the current file into a version control system.
27994 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
27995 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
27997 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
27998 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
27999 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28000 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28001 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28002 first backend that could register the file is used.
28004 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28006 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28007 Display diffs between file versions.
28008 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28009 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28010 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28011 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28012 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28015 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28017 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28018 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28019 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28020 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28024 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28025 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28026 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28027 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28031 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28032 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28033 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28034 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28035 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28036 from the current branch.
28038 See Info node `Merging'.
28042 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28044 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28045 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28047 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28049 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28050 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28052 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28054 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28055 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28056 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28057 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28058 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28059 are checked out in that new branch.
28061 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28063 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28064 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28065 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28066 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28067 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28068 allowed and simply skipped).
28070 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28072 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28073 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28074 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28076 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28078 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28079 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28080 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28081 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28082 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28086 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28087 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28088 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28089 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28090 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28091 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28095 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28096 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28097 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28099 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28101 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28102 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28103 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28104 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28105 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
28106 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
28107 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
28109 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
28111 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
28112 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
28113 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
28114 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
28115 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
28116 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
28117 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
28118 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
28119 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
28121 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
28123 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
28124 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
28126 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
28128 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
28129 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
28130 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
28133 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
28135 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
28136 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
28137 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
28139 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
28140 log entries should be gathered.
28142 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28144 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
28145 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
28147 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
28148 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
28149 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
28150 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
28151 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
28152 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28154 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28155 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28156 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28157 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28158 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28159 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28160 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28161 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28163 Customization variables:
28165 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28166 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28167 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28168 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28170 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
28174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17148 25060))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28176 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28177 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28180 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17148 25060))
28185 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28186 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28187 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28188 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28190 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17239 32248))
28195 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28196 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28197 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28200 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28204 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28205 ;;;;;; (17148 25062))
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28208 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28209 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28210 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28212 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28213 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28217 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28218 ;;;;;; (17148 25063))
28219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28221 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28222 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28223 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28225 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28226 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28228 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28229 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28230 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28231 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17148 25063))
28236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28237 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28238 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28239 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28241 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28243 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28247 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28248 ;;;;;; (17239 32401))
28249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28251 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28252 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28257 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28258 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28259 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28260 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28261 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28262 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28263 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28264 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28265 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28267 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28268 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28269 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28270 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28272 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28273 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28274 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28275 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28276 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28278 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28279 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28283 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28284 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28285 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28289 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28290 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28291 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28292 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28294 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28295 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28296 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28297 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28298 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28302 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28303 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28304 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28305 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28307 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28308 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28309 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28310 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28311 beginning with \"std\").
28313 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28314 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28315 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28320 `--' puts a single comment.
28321 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28322 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28323 with a comment in between.
28324 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28325 out following lines.
28326 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28327 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28329 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28330 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28331 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28332 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28333 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28336 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28337 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28338 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28339 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28340 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28341 multi-line comments.
28345 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28346 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28347 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28348 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28350 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28351 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28352 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28353 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28355 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28356 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28359 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28360 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28364 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28365 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28366 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28367 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28368 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28369 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28370 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28371 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28373 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28374 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28375 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28376 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
28377 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
28380 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
28381 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
28382 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
28384 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
28385 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
28389 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
28390 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
28391 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
28392 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
28393 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
28394 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
28397 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
28398 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
28399 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
28400 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
28403 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
28407 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
28408 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
28409 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
28410 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
28411 internal signal initializations (menu).
28413 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28414 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28415 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28417 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28418 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28419 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28420 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28421 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28422 in subsequent paste operations.)
28424 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28425 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28426 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28429 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28430 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28431 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28432 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28433 association list with formals).
28436 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
28437 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
28438 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
28439 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
28440 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
28441 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
28442 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
28443 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
28448 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
28452 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
28456 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
28457 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
28458 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
28460 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28461 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28464 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28465 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28466 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28467 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28469 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28470 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28471 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28473 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28474 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28475 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28476 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28478 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28479 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28480 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28481 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28482 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28484 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28485 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28486 required by secondary units.
28489 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28490 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28491 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28492 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28493 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28494 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28495 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28496 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28497 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28498 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28499 inputs to this component -> input port created
28500 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28501 outputs from this component -> output port created
28502 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28503 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28505 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28506 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28507 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
28508 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
28509 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
28511 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
28512 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
28514 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
28515 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
28516 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
28517 component instantiation is also supported (option
28518 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
28520 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
28521 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
28522 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
28523 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
28524 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
28525 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
28526 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
28527 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
28528 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
28529 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
28530 | generating the configuration.
28532 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
28533 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
28534 | configurations in speedbar.
28536 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
28539 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
28540 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
28541 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
28542 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
28543 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
28544 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
28545 information. New compilers can be added.
28547 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
28548 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
28551 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
28552 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
28553 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
28554 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
28555 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28557 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
28560 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
28561 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
28562 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
28564 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
28565 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
28566 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
28567 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
28568 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
28569 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
28570 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
28573 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
28574 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
28575 not (yet) supported.
28576 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
28577 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
28578 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
28582 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
28583 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
28584 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
28585 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
28586 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
28587 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
28588 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
28589 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28591 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
28592 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
28593 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
28594 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
28595 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
28596 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
28597 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
28598 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
28599 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
28600 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
28601 `vhdl-project-alist'.
28605 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
28606 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
28607 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
28608 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
28609 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
28610 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
28611 current directory for VHDL source files.
28615 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
28616 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
28620 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
28621 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
28622 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
28623 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
28624 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
28625 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
28626 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
28627 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
28630 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
28631 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
28632 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
28633 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
28634 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
28635 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
28636 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
28638 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
28639 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
28640 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
28641 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
28642 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
28643 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
28645 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
28646 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
28647 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
28648 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
28649 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
28652 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
28653 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
28654 highlighted if written in lower case.
28656 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
28657 highlighted using a different background color if option
28658 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
28660 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
28661 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
28662 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
28663 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
28664 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
28668 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
28669 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
28670 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
28674 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
28675 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
28676 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
28677 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
28678 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
28682 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
28683 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
28685 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
28686 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
28687 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
28688 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
28689 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
28690 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
28691 (used to obtain the port names).
28695 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
28696 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
28700 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
28701 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
28702 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
28703 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
28704 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
28705 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
28706 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
28711 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
28712 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
28713 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
28714 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
28715 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
28717 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
28718 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
28719 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
28720 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
28721 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
28724 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
28725 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
28729 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
28730 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
28731 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
28733 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
28737 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
28738 a VHDL file first, use the command:
28740 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
28742 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
28744 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
28748 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
28754 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
28755 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
28757 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
28759 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
28760 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
28761 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
28762 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
28764 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
28765 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
28766 where the latest version can be found.
28772 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
28773 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
28774 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
28777 The VHDL Mode Authors
28778 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17102 18541))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
28792 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
28793 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
28794 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
28795 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
28797 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
28798 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
28799 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
28800 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
28801 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
28803 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
28804 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
28806 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
28808 * Limitations and unsupported features
28809 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
28811 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
28812 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
28815 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
28816 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
28817 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
28818 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
28819 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
28820 for undoing a repeated change command.
28821 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
28822 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
28823 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
28826 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
28827 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
28828 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
28829 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
28830 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
28831 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
28832 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
28833 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
28835 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
28841 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
28842 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28843 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
28844 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17102 18783))
28845 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
28847 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
28848 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
28850 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
28852 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28853 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
28854 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28855 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28857 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28859 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28860 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
28864 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28865 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28866 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28867 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28869 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28871 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28872 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28876 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28879 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28881 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28884 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28888 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
28889 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28890 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17250
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
28894 (defvar view-mode nil "\
28895 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
28896 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
28897 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
28899 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
28901 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
28902 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28903 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28904 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28905 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28906 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28907 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28909 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28913 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
28914 View FILE in View mode in another window.
28915 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
28916 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28917 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28918 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28919 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28920 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28922 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28926 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
28927 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
28928 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
28929 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28930 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28931 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28932 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28933 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28935 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28939 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
28940 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28941 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28942 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28943 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28944 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28945 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28947 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28949 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28950 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28951 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28953 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28955 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
28956 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
28957 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28958 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28959 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28960 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28961 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28962 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28964 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28966 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28967 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28968 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28970 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28972 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
28973 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
28974 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28975 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28976 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28977 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28978 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28979 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28981 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28983 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28984 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28985 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28987 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28989 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
28990 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
28991 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
28993 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
28994 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
28995 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
28998 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
28999 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29000 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29001 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29002 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29004 H, h, ? This message.
29005 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29006 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29007 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29008 > move to the end of buffer.
29009 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29010 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29011 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29012 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29013 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29014 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29015 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29016 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29017 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29018 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29019 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29020 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29021 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29022 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29023 Use this to view a changing file.
29024 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29025 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29026 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29028 x exchanges point and mark.
29029 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29030 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29031 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29032 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29033 ' go to position saved in character register.
29034 s do forward incremental search.
29035 r do reverse incremental search.
29036 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29037 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29038 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29039 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29040 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29041 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29042 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29043 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29044 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29045 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29046 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29047 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29048 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29049 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29050 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29051 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29052 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29054 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29055 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
29056 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
29057 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
29058 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
29059 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
29060 will return to that buffer.
29062 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29066 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29067 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29068 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29069 `view-return-to-alist'.
29070 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29071 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29072 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29074 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29075 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29076 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29077 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29078 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29080 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29081 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29082 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29083 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29085 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29087 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29089 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29092 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29098 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17239
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29102 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29103 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
29107 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
29108 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
29114 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29115 ;;;;;; (17244 43743))
29116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
29118 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
29119 Toggle Viper on/off.
29120 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
29124 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
29125 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
29131 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
29132 ;;;;;; (17148 25100))
29133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
29135 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
29136 Function to generate warning prefixes.
29137 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
29138 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
29139 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
29140 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
29141 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
29142 the beginning of the warning.")
29144 (defvar warning-series nil "\
29145 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
29146 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
29147 which is the start of the current series; it means that
29148 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
29149 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
29150 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
29151 also call that function before the next warning.")
29153 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29154 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29156 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29157 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29158 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29159 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29161 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29162 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29163 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29164 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29165 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29166 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29168 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29169 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29171 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29172 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29173 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29174 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29175 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29176 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29178 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29179 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29181 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29183 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29184 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29186 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29188 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29189 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29190 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29191 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29193 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29194 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29195 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29196 can be whatever you like.)
29198 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29199 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29201 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29202 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29203 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29204 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29205 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29207 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29209 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29210 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29211 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29212 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29213 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29215 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29219 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29220 ;;;;;; (17205 6053))
29221 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29223 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29224 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29225 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29226 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29227 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29236 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17140 20945))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29239 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29240 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29242 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29245 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29252 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29253 ;;;;;; (17159 1491))
29254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29255 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29256 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29258 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29260 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29261 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29262 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29264 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29266 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29268 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29270 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29271 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29272 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29273 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29275 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29282 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29283 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29284 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29285 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29286 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29287 ;;;;;; (17244 43740))
29288 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29290 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29291 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29295 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29296 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29300 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29301 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29305 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29306 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29310 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29311 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29315 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29316 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29318 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29319 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29320 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29321 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29322 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29324 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29326 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29327 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29329 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29331 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29332 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29336 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29337 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29338 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29342 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29343 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29347 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29349 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29350 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29351 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29353 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29355 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29357 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29359 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29360 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29361 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29363 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29364 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29368 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29369 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29370 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29376 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
29377 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17148 25069))
29378 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
29380 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
29381 Browse the widget under point.
29385 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
29386 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
29388 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
29390 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
29391 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
29393 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
29395 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
29396 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
29397 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29403 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
29404 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17244
29406 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
29408 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
29409 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29411 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29413 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29414 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29415 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29417 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29419 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29420 Create widget of TYPE.
29421 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29423 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29425 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29428 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29430 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29431 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29433 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29435 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
29436 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
29437 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
29439 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
29440 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
29446 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
29447 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17159
29449 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
29451 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
29452 Select the window to the left of the current one.
29453 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29454 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29455 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
29456 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29457 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29461 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
29462 Select the window above the current one.
29463 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
29464 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
29465 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
29466 negative ARG) of the current window.
29467 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29471 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
29472 Select the window to the right of the current one.
29473 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29474 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29475 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29476 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29477 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29481 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29482 Select the window below the current one.
29483 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29484 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29485 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29486 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29487 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29491 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29492 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29493 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29494 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29496 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29500 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29501 ;;;;;; (17148 25072))
29502 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
29504 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
29505 Toggle Winner mode.
29506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29507 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
29509 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
29511 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
29512 Toggle Winner mode.
29513 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29519 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
29520 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17239 32255))
29521 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
29523 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29524 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
29525 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
29526 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
29527 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
29528 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
29529 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
29530 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
29532 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
29533 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
29535 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
29537 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
29538 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
29542 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
29543 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
29544 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
29545 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29546 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
29547 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
29548 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
29549 `woman' command for further details.
29551 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
29555 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
29556 ;;;;;; (17205 6084))
29557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
29559 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
29560 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
29563 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
29564 are not implemented
29565 - Options for search and replace
29566 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
29567 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
29569 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
29572 The key bindings are:
29582 C-i indent-for-tab-command
29584 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
29585 C-l ws-repeat-search
29588 C-r scroll-down-line
29595 C-y kill-complete-line
29598 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
29599 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
29600 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
29601 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
29602 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
29603 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
29604 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
29605 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
29606 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
29607 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
29608 C-k b ws-begin-block
29609 C-k c ws-copy-block
29610 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
29612 C-k h ws-show-markers
29613 C-k i ws-indent-block
29615 C-k p ws-print-block
29618 C-k s save-some-buffers
29620 C-k u ws-exdent-block
29621 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
29622 C-k v ws-move-block
29623 C-k w ws-write-block
29625 C-k y ws-delete-block
29627 C-o c wordstar-center-line
29628 C-o b switch-to-buffer
29629 C-o j justify-current-line
29632 C-o m auto-fill-mode
29633 C-o r set-fill-column
29634 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
29635 C-o wd delete-other-windows
29636 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
29637 C-o wo other-window
29638 C-o wv split-window-vertically
29640 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
29641 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
29642 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
29643 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
29644 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
29645 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
29646 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
29647 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
29648 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
29649 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
29650 C-q a ws-query-replace
29651 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
29652 C-q c end-of-buffer
29655 C-q k ws-to-block-end
29657 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
29658 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
29659 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
29660 C-q w ws-last-error
29662 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
29668 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
29669 ;;;;;; (17148 25076))
29670 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
29672 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
29673 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
29674 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
29675 Returns the top node with all its children.
29676 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
29677 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29679 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29681 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
29682 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
29683 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
29684 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
29685 is not well-formed XML.
29686 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
29687 and returned as the first element of the list.
29688 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29690 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29694 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17148
29696 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
29698 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
29699 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
29700 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29702 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
29704 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
29706 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29708 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
29709 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
29710 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
29712 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
29713 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
29714 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
29715 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
29716 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
29717 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
29719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29723 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
29724 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17148 25154))
29725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
29727 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
29728 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
29730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29732 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
29733 Extract file name from an yenc header.
29739 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
29740 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17140 20949))
29741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
29743 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
29744 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
29746 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
29748 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
29749 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
29751 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
29753 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
29754 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
29755 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
29757 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
29759 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
29760 Zippy goes to the analyst.
29766 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17239 32366))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
29769 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
29770 Zone out, completely.
29776 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
29777 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17140 20945))
29778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
29780 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
29781 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
29785 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
29786 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
29788 Zone-mode does two things:
29790 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
29791 when saving the file
29799 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
29800 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
29801 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
29802 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
29803 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
29804 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
29805 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
29806 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
29807 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
29808 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
29809 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
29810 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
29811 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
29812 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
29813 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
29814 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
29815 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
29816 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
29817 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
29818 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
29819 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
29820 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
29821 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
29822 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
29823 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
29824 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
29825 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
29826 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
29827 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
29828 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
29829 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
29830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
29831 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
29832 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29833 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
29834 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
29835 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
29836 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
29837 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
29838 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
29839 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
29840 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
29841 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
29842 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
29843 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
29844 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
29845 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
29846 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
29847 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
29848 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
29849 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
29850 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
29851 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
29852 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
29853 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
29854 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
29855 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
29856 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
29857 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
29858 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
29859 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
29860 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
29861 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
29862 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
29863 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
29864 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
29865 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
29866 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
29867 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
29868 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
29869 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
29870 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
29871 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
29872 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
29873 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
29874 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
29875 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
29876 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
29877 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
29878 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
29879 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
29880 ;;;;;; "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
29881 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
29882 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
29883 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
29884 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
29885 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
29886 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
29887 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
29888 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
29889 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
29890 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
29891 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
29892 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
29893 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
29894 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
29895 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
29896 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
29897 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
29898 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
29899 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
29900 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
29901 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
29902 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
29903 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
29904 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
29905 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
29906 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
29907 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
29908 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-gpg.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el"
29909 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
29910 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
29911 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
29912 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
29913 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
29914 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
29915 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
29916 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
29917 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
29918 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
29919 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
29920 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el"
29921 ;;;;;; "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el"
29922 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el"
29923 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
29924 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el"
29925 ;;;;;; "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el"
29926 ;;;;;; "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el"
29927 ;;;;;; "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el"
29928 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
29929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
29930 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
29931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
29932 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
29933 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
29934 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
29935 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el"
29936 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
29937 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
29938 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
29939 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
29940 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17250 22703 990875))
29944 ;;; Local Variables:
29945 ;;; version-control: never
29946 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
29947 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
29949 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here